Cadillac 2016 Srx Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Cadillac Cadillac-2016-Cadillac-Srx-Owners-Manual-813243 cadillac-2016-cadillac-srx-owners-manual-813243 cadillac pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 382

DownloadCadillac Cadillac-2016-Cadillac-Srx-Owners-Manual- Owner's Manual  Cadillac-2016-cadillac-srx-owners-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 111
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 166
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 175
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 330
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 346
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 356
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

2

Introduction

Introduction

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,
the CADILLAC Emblem, and SRX
are trademarks and/or service
marks of General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Cadillac Motor Car Division
wherever it appears in this manual.

A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:

Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23173686 B Second Printing

©

2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Introduction

{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions
or information.

* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
or OnStar

$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses

3

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

4

Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors

O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15
Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . . . .

5

Performance and Maintenance
19
19
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
23

Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23
24
24
25
25

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

6

In Brief

Instrument Panel

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief
1. Air Vents 0 173 .

11. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 58 (If Equipped).

ii

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 162 .

ii

12. Front Storage 0 101 .
ii

7

19. Pedal Adjust Switch (Out of
View) (If Equipped). See
Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 187 .
ii

13. Lane Departure Warning
Button (If Equipped). See Lane
Departure Warning (LDW)
0 224 .

ii

3. Cruise Control 0 205 .
ii

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 219 .

ii

20. Horn 0 113 .
ii

21. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 112 .
ii

ii

4. Instrument Cluster 0 119 .
ii

5. Steering Wheel Controls 0 112 .
ii

Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver
Information Center (DIC)
0 134 .
ii

Parking Assist (If Equipped).
See Driver Assistance Systems
0 214 .
ii

eco Button (If Equipped). See
Fuel Economy Mode 0 197 .
ii

14. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 194 .

ii

ii

ii

8. Light Sensor. See Twilight
Sentinel 0 160 .
ii

9. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 167 .
ii

10. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Front Fog Lamps 0 162 (If
Equipped).
ii

16. CD Player. See Infotainment
0 166 .
ii

ii

7. Infotainment 0 166 .

23. Hood Release. See Hood
0 241 .
24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157 .

15. Parking Brake 0 199 .

ii

Rear Window Wiper/Washer
0 114 .

ii

ii

ii

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 113 .

22. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 125 .

®

Blu-Ray Optical Drive (If
Equipped). See Infotainment
0 166 .
ii

17. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 161 .
ii

18. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
See Ignition Positions 0 187 .
ii

Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 163 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

8

In Brief

Initial Drive
Information

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .

This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.

Press and hold 7 for three seconds
to sound the panic alarm.

ii

7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator.

b : Press twice to open or close
the liftgate. Press once to stop the
liftgate from moving.

For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The RKE transmitter may be used
to lock and unlock the doors from up
to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
vehicle.

Q : Press to lock all doors.
K : Press to unlock the driver door
or all doors depending on the
vehicle personalization settings.

Press the key release button near
the bottom of the transmitter to
remove the key. The key can be
used for the driver door and the
glove box.
See Keys 0 26 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 27 .
ii

ii

Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

9

Remote Vehicle Start

Door Locks

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.

Keyless Access

To lock or unlock the doors from the
outside, press Q or K on the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 27 .

Starting the Vehicle
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

ii

Key

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.

To lock or unlock the door, use the
key in the driver door. Turn the key
counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again
will unlock the passenger doors.

3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 .
ii

Inside the Vehicle
When the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door, pressing the lock/
unlock button on that door handle
will lock/unlock the doors. If the
lock/unlock button is pressed again
within five seconds, all passenger
doors will unlock. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 27 .
ii

To unlock a door from the inside,
pull once on the door handle to
unlock it, and a second time to
open it.

Power Door Locks
There is a power door lock switch
on the front door panels.

Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
See Power Door Locks 0 36 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

10

In Brief

Liftgate
Manual Liftgate Operation
For vehicles without Keyless
Access, unlock the vehicle before
opening the liftgate.
Press the touch pad in the handle of
the liftgate above the license plate
and lift up to open.
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

If equipped, the switch is on the
driver door. The vehicle must be in
P (Park) to use the power feature.
The taillamps flash when the power
liftgate moves.

Windows

Choose a power liftgate mode and
press the center of the switch.
The three modes are:
MAX : The liftgate opens to the full
open height.
3/4 : The liftgate opens to a
reduced height that can be set from
3/4 to fully open.
OFF : The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.

Press or pull the switch, part of the
way, to open or close the window.

See Liftgate 0 37 .

Press the window switch fully and
release to activate the
express-down feature. If equipped,
the express-up feature allows the
window to be raised without holding
the switch. Pull the window switch
up fully and release to activate.

ii

Press Z { to activate the window
lockout on the rear doors.
See Power Windows 0 46 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief
Remote Window Operation
If equipped, remote operating
windows will open all the windows
from outside the vehicle by pressing
and holding K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
See Power Windows 0 46 .
ii

Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats

2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.

11

Power Seats

3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving.
4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
To raise or recline the seatback, use
the lever on the outboard side of
the seat.
See Seat Adjustment 0 53 and
Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

ii

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat cushion.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment
0 54 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

12

In Brief

Reclining Seatbacks

Lumbar Adjustment

Raise or recline the seatback by
tilting the control forward or
rearward.

If equipped, increase or decrease
the lumbar support by pressing and
holding the front or rear of the
control. See Lumbar Adjustment
0 54 .

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

ii

Memory Features

If equipped, the 1, 2, and MEM
buttons on the outboard side of the
driver seat are used to manually
store and recall the positions of the
driver seat, outside mirrors, and
adjustable throttle and brake pedal
positions (if equipped).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in the personalization
menu, positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY.

Heated and Ventilated
Seats

When Easy Exit Options is enabled
in the personalization menu, the
seats will move rearward when the
ignition is changed to OFF and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
See Memory Seats 0 56 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

ii

Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar

13

Press C or {, if available, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 58 .
ii

If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls on the center stack.
To operate, the ignition must be in
ON/RUN/START.

The heated and ventilated front
seats can also be programmed to
come on during a remote start. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seat.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

14

In Brief

Head Restraint
Adjustment

Safety Belts

Passenger Sensing
System

Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.

United States

See Head Restraints 0 52 and Seat
Adjustment 0 53 .
ii

ii

Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
. Safety Belts 0 62 .
ii

.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 63 .

.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 64 .

.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 87 .

ii

ii

ii

Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Sensing
System 0 75 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

Mirror Adjustment

Automatic Dimming Mirror

Exterior

If equipped, the driver outside mirror
and the inside rearview mirror
automatically adjust for the glare of
headlamps behind you. See
Automatic Dimming Mirror 0 45 or
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
0 46 .
ii

ii

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

15

3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Throttle and Brake Pedal
Adjustment
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
adjusted.

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,
Power Folding Similar
To adjust the mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose
the driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror to the
desired position.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 44 .
ii

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is below the windshield wiper
lever. Pull the switch toward you to

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

16

In Brief

move the pedals further from the
floor, or push the switch away from
you to move the pedals closer to the
floor.

1 : The lamp comes on when a

See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal 0 187 .

Reading Lamps

ii

Interior Lighting
Dome Lamp

+ : Turns the dome lamp on.
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on when any door is opened.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:
. For the overhead console
reading lamps, press the m or
n next to each lamp.
. For the rear passenger reading
lamps, press the lamp lens.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 163 .
ii

To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:

* : Turns the lamp off, even when
a door is open.

Exterior Lighting

door is opened.

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering column.
Turn the control to the following
positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
AUTO : Automatically turns the
exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
3 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157 .
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
0 159 .
ii

ii

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.

17

Windshield Washer
INT : Use this setting for intermittent
wipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.
For intermittent wipes, move the
windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn
the x INT band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.
If equipped with Rainsense, move
the windshield wiper lever to INT
and turn the x INT band to adjust
the sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture.
. Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to
deactivate Rainsense.

Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer
The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.

ON : Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

18

In Brief

OFF : The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.
INT : Press the lower portion of the
button for intermittent rear wipes.

Climate Controls
The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.

a : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the
rear window.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 113 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 114 .
ii

ii

Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls

5. Recirculation

2. Fan Control

7. Defrost

3. OFF (Fan)

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped)

6. Rear Window Defogger

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

19

See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 167 and Rear Climate
Control System 0 171 (if equipped).

Vehicle Features

Transmission
DSC allows you to shift an
automatic transmission similar to a
manual transmission. To use the
DSC feature:

See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings and downloadable
applications (if equipped).

1. Move the shift lever to the left
from D (Drive) to Sport Mode.

Steering Wheel Controls

2. To enter M (Manual Mode),
press the shift lever forward to
upshift or rearward to
downshift.

The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.

ii

ii

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Climate Touch Screen Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control

See Manual Mode 0 196 .
ii

Infotainment System

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

20

In Brief

Cruise Control

SET− : Press the control down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control or to decrease vehicle
speed if the cruise control is already
activated.

* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 205 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 207 (if
equipped).
ii

ii

J : Press to turn the system on
and off. A white indicator appears in
the instrument cluster when cruise
is turned on.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press the control up briefly
to resume to that speed or press
and hold to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.

Driver Information
Center (DIC)

y or z : Move SEL up or down to
go to the previous or next selection.

The DIC display is in the instrument
cluster. It shows the status of many
vehicle systems.

S or T : Press to move between
the interactive display zones in the
cluster. Press S to go back to the
previous menu.
SEL : Press to open a menu or
select a menu item. Press and hold
to reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 219 .
ii

Front Automatic Braking
(FAB) System
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it also has FAB,
which includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same

direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear.
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 221 .
ii

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)

21

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, SBZA will detect
moving vehicles in the next lane
over in the vehicle's side blind zone
area. When this happens, the SBZA
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 222 .
ii

If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound or the
driver seat will pulse.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 224 .
ii

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle on the
center stack display when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
backing maneuvers.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 215 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

22

In Brief

Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 215 .

If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow displayed
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
behind your vehicle that may cross
your vehicle's path while in
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound, or the driver seat will pulse.

Rear Automatic Braking
(RAB) System

See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 215 .
ii

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
display a warning triangle on the
Rear Vision Camera screen and a
graphic on the instrument cluster to
provide the object distance. In
addition, multiple beeps or seat
pulses may occur if very close to an
object.
The vehicle may also have the Front
Parking Assist system.

Power Outlets

ii

If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) it also has the RAB
system, which is designed to help
avoid or reduce the harm caused by
backing crashes when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse). If the
system detects the vehicle is
backing too fast to avoid a crash
with a detected object behind your
vehicle in your path, it may
automatically brake hard to a stop.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 215 .

The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle may have up to five
accessory power outlets.
The accessory power outlets are:
. Below the climate control system
inside the front storage bin.
. Inside the center floor console.
.

On the rear of the center floor
console. For vehicles with a rear
climate control system, there will
be two accessory power outlets
on the rear of the center floor
console.

.

In the rear cargo area.

ii

Storage Compartments
The glove box is air conditioned and
can be used to store items at a
lower temperature. Move the slide
control to open or close the opening
to adjust the air flow. See Glove Box
0 100 .
ii

These are powered while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
the driver door is opened within
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
The power outlet located in the rear
cargo area is powered at all times.
See Power Outlets 0 116 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

Universal Remote System

23

cluster. The appropriate
message is displayed in the DIC.
See Ride Control System
Messages 0 144 .

Performance and
Maintenance

ii

Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
If available, this system provides a
way to replace up to three remote
control transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist you with
programming the Universal Remote
system.
See Universal Remote System
0 154 .
ii

.

The Traction Control System (TCS)
limits wheel spin. The system turns
on automatically when the vehicle is
started.
The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system turns on automatically when
the vehicle is started.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the center
stack. i illuminates in the
instrument cluster. The
appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 144 .
ii

.

Press and release g again to
turn traction control back on. i
goes out in the instrument

To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold g on the center stack until
g and i illuminate in the
instrument cluster. The
appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 144 .
ii

.

Press g again to turn on both
systems. g and i go out in the
instrument cluster. The
appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 144 .
ii

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

24

In Brief

Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 287 .

2. Press SEL on the DIC controls
and hold SEL down for a few
seconds to clear the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
and reset the oil life at 100%.

ii

Engine Oil Life System

The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 . The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
ii

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.

The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Using the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel, display REMAINING
OIL LIFE on the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 . When remaining oil life
is low, the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message will
appear on the display. See
Engine Oil Messages 0 140 .
ii

ii

Be careful not to reset the oil
life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is
changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil
change.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message is not on, the
system is reset.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 246 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

In Brief

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy

.

Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Roadside Service

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

U.S.: 1-800-224-1400
Canada: 1-800-882-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
New Cadillac owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Service Program.
See Roadside Service 0 349 .
ii

25

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

26

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows

Exterior Mirrors

Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 36
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . .

40
40
42
42

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .

43
44
44
45
45
45

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 45
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 45
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Keys and Locks
Keys

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the RKE transmitter
in the vehicle, and children or
others could be caught in the path
of a closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
To remove the key, press the button
near the bottom of the transmitter,
and pull the key out. Never pull the
key out without pressing the button.

.

Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.

.

Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.

.

If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
See your dealer if a new key is
needed.
Contact Roadside Service if locked
out of the vehicle. See Roadside
Service 0 349 .
ii

The key, inside the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for
the driver door and glove box.

With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 360 .
ii

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .
ii

If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.

27

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within range. See
“Keyless Access Operation”
following.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated, can
impact the performance of the
transmitter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

28

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If equipped, pressing
lock the fuel door.

Q will also

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the

Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound on the
second press to indicate locking.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock except the
driver door, if enabled through the
vehicle personalization. If the
passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 40 .
ii

ii

driver door or all doors. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 . When
remotely unlocking the vehicle at
night the fog lamps and back-up
lamps will come on for about
20 seconds to light your approach to
the vehicle. The turn signal
indicators may flash to indicate
unlocking. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .

7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm) : Press and release one
time to initiate vehicle locator. The
exterior lamps flash and the horn
chirps three times. Press and hold
7 for three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
the turn signal lamps flash for
30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed
again or the vehicle is started.

Pressing K will disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 40 .

b (Remote Liftgate Release) :
Press twice to open or close the
liftgate.

On some models, pressing and
holding K will open all of the
windows.

Press once to stop the liftgate from
moving.

ii

With Remote Start and Power
Liftgate Shown, Without Similar

start the engine from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 .

ii

ii

If equipped, pressing
unlock the fuel door.

K will also

/ (Remote Start) : For vehicles
with this feature, press and release

Q and then immediately press and
hold / for at least four seconds to

Keyless Access Operation
With the Keyless Access system,
you can lock and unlock the doors
and access the hatch without
removing the RKE transmitter from
your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
The RKE transmitter should be
within 1 m (3 ft) of the door or hatch
being opened.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Passenger Doors

ii

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the driver door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock.

29

Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
. It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
. Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.

When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
the door handle, pressing the lock/
unlock button on that door handle
will unlock all doors. Pressing the
lock/unlock button will cause all
doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed.
Passive Locking
If equipped with Keyless Access,
this vehicle will lock several
seconds after all doors are closed if
the vehicle is off and at least one
RKE transmitter has been removed
or none remain in the interior.
If equipped with a locking fuel door,
the fuel door will also lock at
this time.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

30

Keys, Doors, and Windows

If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
Temporary Disable Passive
Locking Feature
Temporarily disable the passive
locking by pressing and holding K
on the interior door switch with a
door open for at least four seconds,
or until three chimes are heard.
Passive locking will then remain
disabled until Q on the interior door
is pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 147 .
ii

Keyless Liftgate Opening
Press the touch pad on the liftgate
handle to open the liftgate if the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.

2. Insert the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.

Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there is one recognized transmitter.
To program, the vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
1. Place the recognized
transmitter(s) in the cupholder.

3. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area
between the driver and front
passenger seats. The storage

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
area will need to be opened
and the storage tray lifted up to
access the transmitter pocket.

to complete. The vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters you wish
to program must be with you.

4. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
display will show that it is ready
to program the next transmitter.

1. Insert the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the driver door
handle and turn the key,
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position five times within
10 seconds.

5. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and
press the transmitter K or Q
button.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter
If there are no currently recognized
transmitters available, follow this
procedure to program up to eight
transmitters. This feature is not
available in Canada. This procedure
will take approximately 30 minutes

31

vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the
next steps.
The DIC display should
now show READY FOR
REMOTE # 1.

The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE
LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
The DIC displays will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the

4. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the
center console storage area
between the driver and front
passenger seats. The storage
area will need to be opened
and the storage tray lifted up to
access the transmitter pocket.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

32

Keys, Doors, and Windows

5. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
display will show that it is ready
to program the next transmitter.

To start the vehicle:
1. Open the center console
storage area and the
storage tray.

6. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and
press the transmitter K or Q
button.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

Battery Replacement
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery

2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket.

When the vehicle is started, if the
transmitter battery is weak, the DIC
may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE. The
REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE
KEY message may also be
displayed at this time.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
1. Press the button on the side of
the transmitter near the bottom
and pull the key out.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

33

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear fog indicator light does not
come on during remote start.
2. Separate the two halves of the
transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the bottom center
of the transmitter. Do not use
the key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.
4. Insert the new battery on the
back housing, positive side
facing down. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Align the front and back
housing then snap the
transmitter together.

Remote Vehicle Start
If available, this feature allows the
engine to be started from outside of
the vehicle.

If the vehicle has auto heated or
ventilated seats they may come on
during a remote start. See Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 58 .
ii

Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
may require a person using remote
start to have the vehicle in view.
Check local regulations for any
requirements.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 27 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

34

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash. The
turn signal lamps flashing
confirms the request to remote
start the vehicle has been
received.
During the remote start the
doors will be locked and the
parking lamps will remain on as
long as the engine is running.
The engine will shut off after
10 minutes unless a time
extension is done or the
ignition is put in ON/RUN/
START.
3. With the remote in the vehicle,
press the brake pedal and
select the ON/RUN/START
ignition mode to drive.

Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can also be
extended by another 10 minutes,
if during the first 10 minutes
Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while
the engine is still running. An
extension can be requested
30 seconds after starting. This
provides a total of 20 minutes.

.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote Start
Will Not Work
The remote start will not operate if
any of the following occur:
. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

The remote start can only be
extended once.

.

The hood is not closed.

When the remote start is extended,
the second 10-minute period is
added on to the first 10 minutes for
a total of 20 minutes.

.

The hazard warning flashers
are on.

.

There is an emission control
system malfunction.

A maximum of two remote starts,
or a remote start with an extension,
are allowed between ignition cycles.

.

The engine coolant temperature
is too high.

.

The oil pressure is low.

The vehicle's ignition must be
changed to ON/RUN/START and
then back to OFF before the remote
start procedure can be used again.

.

Two remote vehicle starts or a
start with an extension have
already been used.

.

The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do any of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks

{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when slowing or stopping
the vehicle. Lock the doors
to help prevent this from
happening.

Keyless Access

lock/unlock button on that door
handle will lock/unlock the doors.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 27 .
ii

Key
To lock or unlock the door, use the
key in the driver door. Turn the key
counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again
will unlock the passenger doors.
Inside the Vehicle
To unlock a door from the inside,
pull once on the door handle to
unlock it, and a second time to
open it.

When the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the driver door, pressing the

35

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

36

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks

The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
that time, the five-second timer will
reset when all doors are closed
again.

The power door locks can be
programmed through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .

Press Q on the door lock switch
again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
immediately.

Lockout protection decreases the
chances that the keys may be
accidentally locked in the vehicle.

This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.
K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the
doors.

Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all
doors are closed.
When Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
times indicating delayed locking is
active.

Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park). The doors
will automatically unlock when the
vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is moved into P (Park).
Use the manual or power door locks
to unlock the doors if someone
needs to exit, and to lock the doors
again.

ii

Lockout Protection

When door locking is requested by
pressing Q on the front door panels
or the RKE transmitter and the
driver door is open, all doors will
lock and the driver door will
immediately unlock. The driver door
must be closed when Q is pressed
for all doors to remain locked.
This feature can be programmed to
provide the lockout protection
feature only when the ignition mode
is ACC/ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/
START. See “Power Door Locks” in
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors

Warning (Continued)

Liftgate

.

Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.

.

If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.

{ Warning

Press Z { to activate the safety
locks. The indicator light comes on
when activated.
The rear door power windows are
also disabled. See Power Windows
0 46 .
ii

Press Z { again to deactivate the
safety locks and enable the power
windows.
If a rear door handle is being pulled
when the safety lock is deactivated,
that door will remain locked and the
indicator light may flash. Release
the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks.

Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
.

37

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)

See Engine Exhaust 0 193 .
ii

Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

38

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate

Power Liftgate

For vehicles without Keyless
Access, unlock the vehicle before
opening the liftgate.

Choose the power liftgate mode and
press the center of the switch.
The modes are:
MAX : Opens to maximum height.
3/4 : Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead objects
such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can
be opened all the way manually.
OFF : Opens manually only.

Press the touch pad in the handle of
the liftgate, above the license plate,
and lift up to open.
Do not press the touch pad while
closing the liftgate. This will cause
the liftgate to be unlatched.
Always close the liftgate before
driving.

If equipped, the power liftgate
switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park). The
taillamps flash when the power
liftgate moves.

{ Warning
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.

Manual operation of a liftgate that
also has power operation requires
more effort than with a standard
manual liftgate.
To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or the 3/4 mode and then:
.

Press b twice on the RKE
transmitter.

.

Press 8 on the center of the
liftgate mode switch on the
driver door, with the driver door
unlocked.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
.

Press the touch pad on the
liftgate outside handle after
unlocking all doors.

Do not force the liftgate open or
closed during a power cycle. This
may activate the system's obstacle
detection feature and stop the
power operation.
The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled under extreme
temperatures or low battery
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
can still be operated manually.

Press and release 8 on the
liftgate next to the latch to close the
liftgate.
Pressing any liftgate button, or the
touch pad while the liftgate is
moving, stops it. Pressing again
reverses the direction. There is a
minimum distance that the power
liftgate must already be open for the
system to hold it open. If movement
is stopped below that minimum, the
liftgate closes.

If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate power
function will continue to completion.
If you shift the transmission out of
P (Park) and accelerate before the
power liftgate latch is closed, the
liftgate may reverse to the open
position. Cargo could fall out of the
vehicle. Always make sure the
power liftgate is closed and latched
before you drive away.
If after a power opening, the liftgate
stays open momentarily, then slowly
closes with continuous chiming
sounds and turn signal flashes, the
support strut may have lost
pressure. See your dealer for
service before using the liftgate.

39

Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
during a power open or close cycle,
a warning chime will sound and the
liftgate will automatically reverse
direction to the full closed or open
position. After removing the
obstruction, the power liftgate
operation can be used again. If the
liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle,
the power function will deactivate.
After removing the obstructions, the
liftgate will resume normal power
operation.
The vehicle has pinch sensors on
the side edges of the liftgate. If an
object is caught between the liftgate
and the body and presses against
one of these sensors, the liftgate will
reverse direction and open fully. The
liftgate will remain open until it is
activated again or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode
To change the liftgate stop position:
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
open the liftgate.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

40

Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Stop the liftgate movement at
the desired height by pressing
any liftgate switch. Manually
adjust the liftgate position if
needed.
3. Press and hold 8 on the
liftgate next to the latch until
the turn signals flash and a
beep sounds. This indicates
the setting has been recorded.
The liftgate cannot be set below a
minimum programmable height.
If there is no light flash or sound,
then the height adjustment may be
too low.

Manual Operation of Power
Liftgate
To change the liftgate to manual
operation, turn the mode switch to
the OFF position.
With the power liftgate disabled and
all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate
can be manually opened and
closed. The effort required to
operate a power liftgate is greater
than the effort required to operate a
non-power liftgate.

To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the handle on the outside of
the liftgate, and lift the gate open.

Caution
Do not use too much force when
closing the liftgate to avoid
damage.

Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.

To close the liftgate, use the pull
cup to lower the liftgate and close.
With the power liftgate disabled, the
liftgate electric latch will still power
latch once contact is made with the
striker. Always close the liftgate
before driving.
If the RKE button is pressed while
power operation is disabled, the turn
signals flash and the liftgate will
not move.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.

The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door, the hood, or the liftgate
is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.

Arming the Alarm System
1. Close the liftgate and the hood.
Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
.

Use the Keyless Access
system.

.

With a door open, press the
inside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the
alarm system is operating.
Pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will

bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the
hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.

41

Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:

K on the RKE transmitter.

.

Press

.

Unlock the vehicle using the
Keyless Access system.

.

Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed.
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter or use the
Keyless Access system.
Unlocking the driver door with the
key will not disarm the system or
turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed and the horn chirps
and the lights flash three times, the
alarm was activated while the alarm
system was armed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

42

Keys, Doors, and Windows

If the alarm system has been
activated, a message will appear on
the DIC. See Security Messages
0 145 .
ii

Power Sounder, Inclination
Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
In addition to the standard
theft-deterrent system features, this
system may also have an inclination
sensor, intrusion sensor, and power
sounder.
The power sounder provides an
audible alarm which is different from
the vehicle’s horn. It has its own
power source, and can sound an
alarm when the vehicle’s battery is
compromised.
The inclination sensor can set off
the alarm if it senses movement of
the vehicle, such as a change in
vehicle orientation.
The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can set off the
alarm it if senses an unauthorized
entry into the vehicle’s interior. Do
not allow passengers or pets to
remain in the vehicle when the
intrusion sensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
sensor:
. Make sure all doors and
windows are completely closed.
. Secure any loose items such as
a sunshades.
. Make sure there are no
obstructions blocking the
sensors in the front overhead
console.

Inclination, and Intrusion
Sensors Disable Switch
It is recommended that the
inclination and intrusion sensors be
deactivated if pets are left in the
vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.
With the vehicle turned off, press
o in the overhead console. The
indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that the
sensor has been disabled until the
next time the alarm system is
armed.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .
ii

Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The immobilization system is
disarmed when the pushbutton
start is activated to enter the
ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the
ON/RUN/START mode and a valid
transmitter is present in the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more RKE
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
RKE transmitter will start the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
damaged, you may not be able to
start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change ignition
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the
RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter.
Or, you may try placing the
transmitter in the transmitter pocket
located in the center console. See
“NO REMOTE DETECTED” under
Key and Lock Messages 0 140 .
ii

If the ignition mode will not change
with the other transmitter, your
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
does change modes, the first
transmitter may be faulty. See your
dealer who can service the
theft-deterrent system and have a
new RKE transmitter programmed to
the vehicle.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed for
the vehicle. To program additional
transmitters, see “Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 27 .
ii

Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

43

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors

{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

44

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors

Power Folding Mirrors

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
The vehicle may have SBZA. See
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 222 .
ii

Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 56 .
ii

Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,
Power Folding Similar
To adjust the mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose
the driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center position.

If equipped, manually fold the
mirrors inward toward the vehicle to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.
Push the mirror outward to return it
to the original position.

To fold the mirrors, if equipped:
1. With the selector switch in
the ) position, press the down
arrow on the control pad. Both
mirrors will automatically fold.
2. Press the down arrow again to
return the mirrors to their
original position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors

Automatic Dimming
Mirror

Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.
. They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.
. The mirrors do not stay in the
unfolded position.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.

If the vehicle has the automatic
dimming mirror, the driver outside
mirror automatically adjusts for the
glare of headlamps behind you.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time
using the mirror controls to reset
them to their normal position.
A noise may be heard during the
resetting of the power folding
mirrors. This sound is normal after a
manual folding operation.

Heated Mirrors
1 (Rear Window Defogger) :

Interior Mirrors

Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.

Press to heat the mirrors.

.

See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 167 .

To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .

ii

45

The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.
ii

Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, there are
three buttons at the bottom of the
mirror. See your dealer for more
information on the system and how
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar
Overview 0 360 .
ii

To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

46

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is
started.

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 26 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press or pull the switch fully and
release it to activate the express
feature. Cancel the express mode
by briefly pressing or pulling the
switch.

Express Window Anti-Pinch
Feature

The driver power window switches
control all windows. Each
passenger switch only controls that
window. The power windows work
when the ignition is in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 191 .

If any object is in the path of the
window when express-up is active,
the window will stop at the
obstruction and auto-reverse to a
preset factory position. Weather
conditions such as severe icing may
also cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return
to normal operation after the
obstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-Pinch
Override

ii

Press the switch down to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to
raise it.

Express-Down/Up Windows
The express feature allows the
windows to be raised and lowered
all the way without holding the
switch.

{

Warning

If express override is activated,
the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could
be injured and the window could
be damaged. Before you use
(Continued)

47

Warning (Continued)
express override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
To override the anti-pinch feature,
hold the window switch all the way
up to the second position. The
window will raise for as long as the
switch is held. Once the switch is
released, the express mode is
reactivated.
In this mode, the window can close
on an object in its path. Use care
when using the override mode.

Programming the Power
Windows
If the vehicle battery has been
recharged or disconnected, or is not
working, the front power windows
will need to be reprogrammed for
the express-up feature to work.
Before reprogramming, replace or
recharge the vehicle's battery.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

48

Keys, Doors, and Windows

To program:
1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active, close all doors.
2. Press and hold the power
window switch until the window
is fully open.

Remote Window Operation
If equipped, the remote operating
windows will open all the windows
from outside the vehicle by pressing
and holding K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

Window Lockout

3. Pull the power window switch
up until the window is fully
closed.
4. Continue holding the switch up
for approximately two seconds
after the window is completely
closed.

The rear door safety locks are also
enabled. See Safety Locks 0 36 .
ii

Press Z { again to deactivate the
rear window lockout.
If an inside rear door handle is
being pulled at the same time a
safety lock is deactivated, only that
door will remain locked and the
indicator light may flash. Release
the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
locks.

Sun Visors

The window is now reprogrammed.
Repeat the process for the other
windows.

Overload
If the windows are repeatedly
operated within a short time, the
window operation is disabled for a
short time.

This feature disables the rear
passenger window switches from
operating the rear passenger
windows.
Press Z { to activate the rear
window lockout. The indicator light
in the switch illuminates.

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof
Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
switches are on the overhead
console.
The sunroof only operates when the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Ignition Positions 0 187 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 191 .
ii

ii

1. Sunroof Switch
2. Sunshade Switch

49

Sunroof Switch

Sunshade Switch

Vent : To vent the sunroof, press
the rear of the sunroof switch (1) to
the first detent and release. The
sunroof will open to the vent
position.

Open/Close : To open or close the
sunshade, press the front or back of
the sunshade switch (2) to the first
detent and hold to open or close the
sunshade to a desired position.

Open/Close : To open or close the
sunroof, press the front or rear of
the sunroof switch (1) to the first
detent and hold to open or close the
sunroof to a desired position.

Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open or close the
sunshade, press the sunshade
switch (2) to the second detent and
release.

Comfort Stop : The sunroof has a
comfort stop feature that stops the
sunroof from opening to the
full-open position. Press the rear of
the sunroof switch (1) to the second
detent and release to express-open
the sunroof to the comfort open
position. Press and release the rear
of the sunroof switch (1) again to
express-open the sunroof fully.
Press the front of the sunroof
switch (1) to the second detent and
release to express-close the
sunroof.

The sunshade automatically opens
more than the sunroof's opening.
Fully close the sunroof before fully
closing the sunshade.

Anti-Pinch Feature
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof or sunshade when it is
closing, the anti-pinch feature
detects the object and stops the
sunroof or sunshade from closing at
the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof or sunshade then returns to
the full-open position.
Weather conditions such as extreme
cold and/or ice may cause the
window to auto-reverse.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

50

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . .

Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 55
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 61

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62
63
64
67

68
68
68
68

Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 71
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Passenger Sensing System . . . 75
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 79
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 80
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young Children . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . .

81
82
85
86

51

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 87
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

52

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.

Front Seats

Rear Seats

The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. To raise or lower the
head restraint, press the button
located on the side of the head
restraint, and pull up or push the
head restraint down, and release
the button. Pull and push on the

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.

The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.

The vehicle's rear seat has an
adjustable headrest in the center
seating position that can be
adjusted the same way as the
outboard head restraints.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 87 .
ii

53

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment

{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat cushion.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

54

Seats and Restraints

2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.

.

3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving.

.

4. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

Power Seat Adjustment

Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.

Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar

Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.

To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 54 .
ii

Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibration in
the driver seat to help the driver
avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 214 .
ii

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.

If available, press and hold the front
or rear of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. Release
the control when the seatback
reaches the desired level of lumbar
support.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Thigh Support
Adjustment

55

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.

If available, adjust the manual leg
extension by pulling up on the lever,
and then pulling or pushing on the
support to lengthen or shorten it.
Release the lever to lock it in place.

The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

56

Seats and Restraints
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Memory Seats

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To recline a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

If equipped, the 1, 2, and MEM
buttons on the outboard side of the
driver seat are used to manually
store and recall the positions of the
driver seat, outside mirrors, and
adjustable throttle and brake pedal
positions (if equipped).
Storing Memory Positions
To store positions to the 1 and 2
buttons:
1. The ignition must be in ON/
RUN/START or ACC/
ACCESSORY.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
mirrors, and adjustable throttle
and brake pedal positions (if
equipped).
3. Press and hold MEM (Memory)
and 1 until three beeps sound.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for a second
driver using 2.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold 1 or 2 to manually
recall the previously stored memory
positions. Releasing 1 or 2 before
the stored positions are reached
stops the recall.
Automatically Recalling Memory
Positions (Auto Memory Recall)
When enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu, the Auto
Memory Recall feature recalls the
previously stored memory 1 or 2
positions when the ignition is
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY.
To activate, place the ignition in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

RKE transmitters are not labeled
with a number. If your memory seat
position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
position is not automatically
recalling, then store your positions
to the other button or switch RKE
transmitters with the other driver.
See "Auto Memory Recall" under
"Comfort and Convenience" in
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror, power
seat controls, or the adjustable
pedal switch (if equipped).
Easy Exit Recall
If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, this feature
automatically moves the seat
approximately 7 cm (3 in) rearward
allowing the driver more room to exit
the vehicle.
Easy Exit recall activates when one
of the following occurs:
. The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.

.

57

The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

To stop recall movement, press one
of the memory, power mirror,
or power seat controls.
Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction. Then do
one of the following:
. If automatically or manually
recalling the stored memory
position, press and hold the
appropriate manual control for
two seconds. Try recalling again
by pressing the appropriate
memory button, then try recalling
again by opening the driver door
and pressing K on the RKE
transmitter.
. If recalling the exit position,
press and hold the power seat
control rearward for
two seconds. Then try recalling
the exit position again.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

58

Seats and Restraints

If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for
service.

When this feature is off, the symbols
on the buttons are white. When a
heated seat is turned on, the symbol
turns red. When a ventilated seat (if
available) is turned on, the symbol
turns blue.

Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats

{

Warning

If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar
If available, the buttons are near the
climate controls on the center stack.
To operate, the ignition must be in
ON/RUN/START.

Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.

Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seat.

Remote Start Heated and
Ventilated Seats

Press C or {, if available, to
ventilate the driver or passenger
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the
seat. The air is not cooled.

During a remote start, the heated or
ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. This
feature is canceled when the
ignition is turned on. Press the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
button to use the heated or
ventilated seats after the vehicle is
started.
The heated or ventilated seat
indicator lights on the button do not
turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

ii

Auto Heated Seats

59

Rear Seats

If equipped, when the vehicle is on,
this feature will automatically
activate the heated seats at the
level required by the vehicle’s
interior temperature. The active
high, medium, low, or off heated
seat level will be indicated by the
manual heated seat buttons on the
center stack.
Use the manual heated seat buttons
on the center stack to turn auto
heated seats off.
If the passenger seat is unoccupied,
the auto heated seats feature will
not activate that seat.
The auto heated seats feature can
be programmed to always be
enabled when the vehicle is on. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .

Split Folding Seatbacks
With this feature, either side of the
rear seatback can be folded down
for more cargo space.

Folding the Seatbacks
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
To fold the seatback:

ii

1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
and move the front seatbacks
to the upright position. See
Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

2. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on
the seat.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

60

Seats and Restraints
Raising the Seatbacks

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
3. Lift the lever on the top of the
seatback. A tab near the
seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked.
4. Fold the seatback forward.
A tab near the seatback lever
retracts when the seatback is
locked in place.
Keep the seatback in the upright,
locked position when not in use.

{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

To raise the seatback:
1. Lift the lever on top of the
seatback. Raise the seatback
and release the lever. A tab
near the seatback lever raises
when the seatback is unlocked.
2. Push the seatback rearward
until it locks in the upright
position. A tab near the
seatback lever retracts when
the seatback is locked in place.
3. Make sure the rear safety belts
are not twisted or caught
between the seat cushion and
the seatback.

Reclining the Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
the seatback. A tab near the
seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked.
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and
then release the lever when the
seatback is in the desired
position. A tab near the
seatback lever retracts when
the seatback is locked in place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Heated Rear Seats

If available, the buttons are on the
rear climate control panel on the
rear of the center console.

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 58 .
ii

61

Rear Seat
Pass-Through Door

With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
press M or L to heat the left or right
outboard seat cushion and
seatback. An indicator on the
climate control display appears
when this feature is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes
to the next lower setting, and then
the off setting. Three lights indicate
the highest setting, and one light
indicates the lowest.

There is a rear seat pass-through
door in the center of the rear
seatback. Fold down the center
armrest and push down on the latch
to open the door.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

62

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 122 .
ii

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 81 or Infants and Young
Children 0 82 . Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.

.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

ii

ii

pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly

63

You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

64

Seats and Restraints

Lap-Shoulder Belt

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.

All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.

Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 68 .

The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.

ii

Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.

If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so that the
shoulder portion of the belt is on the
shoulder and not falling off of it. The
belt should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper

65

shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 63 .
ii

Move the height adjuster up to the
desired position by pushing up on
the height adjuster.
After the height adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pressing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position. Press the release button to
lower the height adjuster.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

66

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
the vehicle's safety belt system will
probably need other new parts. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash 0 68 .
ii

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides

{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.

This vehicle has rear safety belt
comfort guides in the rear outboard
seating positions.
To install:
1. Remove the guide from its
storage pocket on the side of
the seat.

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

67

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.

4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back into its storage
pocket on the side of the seatback.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

68

Seats and Restraints

The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.

Safety System Check

Safety Belt Care

Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.

Keep belts clean and dry.

Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 122 .

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

ii

Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care 0 68 .

{ Warning

ii

A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 123 .
ii

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.

.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.

.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.

.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second row
passenger seated directly
behind the driver.

.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second row passenger seated
directly behind the front outboard
passenger.

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.

69

For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

70

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 72 .

seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.

Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 81 or
Infants and Young Children 0 82 .

ii

Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
(Continued)

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

ii

ii

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 123 for more
information.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags?

71

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

72

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 69 .
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
ii

predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.

Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.

Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.

In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.

Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 71 .
ii

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 72 .
ii

Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

73

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 71 .
ii

The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

74

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and

turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
features.

.

Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.

.

The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 357
and Event Data Recorders
0 358 .

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.

ii

ii

.

Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing
System

symbol for on or off, will be visible.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124 .
ii

The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.

United States

The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, are visible
during the system check. When
the system check is complete,
either the word ON or OFF, or the

Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.

75

Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

76

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.

.

There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124 .
ii

The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger

sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person’s seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt properly —
whether or not there is an airbag for
that person.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 123 for more information,
including important safety
information.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) 0 95 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) 0 97 .
ii

ii

5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 52 .
ii

6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbags for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
on indicator is not lit.

77

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. Use the
following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the
front outboard passenger frontal
airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

78

Seats and Restraints
massagers. Also remove
laptops or other electronic
devices.

3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to
three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
ii

A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here’s how:
. The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
indicator will be lit, and the
airbag readiness light will also
be lit.
. Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the
passenger airbag while a child
restraint or child occupant is on
the seat. If the passenger airbag
is turned on, the on indicator will
be lit.
If the front passenger seat gets wet,
dry it immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 123 for important
safety information.
ii

The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.

{ Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 355 .
ii

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing or
moving any parts of the front seats,
safety belts, airbag sensing and
diagnostic module, steering wheel,

79

instrument panel, any of the airbag
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
rollover sensor module, airbag
wiring, or cargo restraint system and
convenience net.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system that
includes sensors as part of the front
outboard passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

80

Seats and Restraints

airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75 .
ii

If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 295 for additional
important information.
ii

If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
0 348 .
ii

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 123 .
ii

Caution

Warning (Continued)

If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 71 . See your dealer
for service.

in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

ii

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
(Continued)

If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 123 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints
Older Children

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if equipped.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 64 . If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
ii

.

81

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 64 .
ii

According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

82

Seats and Restraints

In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

Warning (Continued)
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.

83

Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

84

Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

85

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

Booster Seats

A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.

A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.

Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

86

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 87 . Children can
be endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
ii

When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75 for additional information.
ii

When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the

87

child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

88

Seats and Restraints

attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.

child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) 0 95 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
0 97 .
ii

When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the

Lower Anchors

ii

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
Top Tether Anchor

Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.

89

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.

To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover.
Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

90

Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 86 for additional
information.
ii

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Top Tether Anchors
The top tether anchors for each rear
seating position are located under
the covers, on the back of the rear
seatback. Be sure to use an anchor
located on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.

{ Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors or with
the safety belt, the child restraint
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment to
come loose or even break during a
crash. A child or others could be
injured. To reduce the risk of serious
or fatal injuries during a crash,
attach only one child restraint per
anchor.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 86 .
ii

This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's anchors

91

and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
For the outboard rear
seating positions, if the
head restraint interferes
with the proper installation
of the child restraint, the
head restraint may be
removed. See “Head

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

92

Seats and Restraints
head restraint has been
removed, route the dual
tether over the seatback.

Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” at the end
of this section.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:

If you are using a dual
tether in the rear outboard
seating position with an
adjustable head restraint,
route the dual tether
around the head restraint.

2.1. Find the top tether anchor
and open its cover to
expose the anchor.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
If you are using a dual
tether in the rear outboard
seating position and the

If you are using a single
tether in the rear outboard
seating position with an
adjustable head restraint,
route the single tether
under the head restraint
and in between the head
restraint posts.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
to its stowed position and
route the dual tether over
the headrest.

If you are using a single
tether in the rear outboard
seating position and the
head restraint has been
removed, route the single
tether over the seatback.

If you are using a dual
tether in the rear center
seating position, lower the
adjustable headrest down

93

Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint. The headrest in the rear
center seating position is not
removable and should be lowered to
the stowed position for child
restraint installation.
To remove the head restraint:

If you are using a single
tether in the rear center
seating position, lower the
adjustable headrest down
to its stowed position and
route the single tether
over the headrest.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation.

1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats 0 59
for additional information.

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

94

Seats and Restraints

2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint posts at the same
time, and pull up on the head
restraint.

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

To reinstall the head restraint:

{ Warning

3. Store the head restraint in the
cargo area of the vehicle.
4. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

1. Insert the head restraint posts
into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches on the
posts must face the driver side
of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints 0 52 .
ii

3. Try to move the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked in
place.

A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 87 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 87 for
top tether anchor locations.
ii

In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.

95

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 86 .
ii

ii

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.

1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 87 .
ii

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

96

Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 87 .
ii

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to
a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
position is used. See “Head
Restraint Removal and

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 87 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.
ii

Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 86 .
ii

In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 75
and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124 for more
information, including important
safety information.
ii

ii

Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag is off. If you secure a
(Continued)

97

Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75 for additional information.
ii

If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 87 for top tether anchor
locations.
ii

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

98

Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 124 .
ii

2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Seats and Restraints

99

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 75 .
ii

To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

100

Storage

Storage

Storage
Compartments

Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .

100
100
101
101
101
102

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . .

102
104
104
107
109

Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 109

{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Glove Box
Lift the glove box handle up to open
it. Use the key to lock and unlock
the glove box.

The glove box is air conditioned and
can be used to store items at a
lower temperature. The vehicle air
conditioning must be turned on for
the maximum cool air to enter the
glove box. Move the slide control to
allow cool air into the glove box.
After opening the air flow, close the
glove box door to keep the cold air
from entering the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Storage

Cupholders

The front cupholder has a divider
that can be adjusted to
accommodate large or small
containers.
For large containers, press the
button to move aside the divider and
make the cupholder deeper. For
small containers, push down on the
top edge of the divider to lock it
back in place and make the
cupholder shorter.

101

Front Storage

There is storage behind the climate
control system. Touch the chrome
bar at the bottom of the climate
control system panel to open. There
is a USB port inside. See “USB
Port” in the infotainment manual.
Keep the storage area door closed
while driving.
Touch the chrome bar at the bottom
of the climate control system panel
again to close.

A storage area is located in front of
the shift lever. Push upward on the
top of the door and release; the
door automatically opens.
There is an accessory power outlet
inside. See Power Outlets 0 116 .
ii

Armrest Storage
For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the rear seat armrest
forward to access cupholders with
removable liners. For vehicles with
a rear storage area, pull the lever to
access.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

102

Storage

Center Console Storage

Additional Storage
Features

The center console has an armrest,
upper storage tray, and lower
storage area.

Cargo Cover

The armrest can be adjusted. Slide
the top of the armrest to adjust to
the desired position.

For vehicles with the dual position
cargo cover, it can be used to cover
items in the cargo area of the
vehicle.

Press the driver side button to
access the upper storage tray.
Press the passenger side button to
access the lower storage area.
There are two USB ports and an
accessory power outlet inside the
center console. There may be an
auxiliary jack. See Power Outlets
0 116 and the infotainment manual.
ii

Press the button to open the
storage area on the rear of the
center console. If equipped with
Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), the
audio/video jacks and USB port may
be inside. See the infotainment
manual.

The shade can be set in two
positions. It can be set in a halfway
open (1) position for loading objects
into the rear compartment, or the
lower (2) position to conceal objects
in the rear compartment.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Storage

103

Install the Cargo Cover
1. Hold the cartridge so that the
pull-out shade faces the rear of
the vehicle.

2. Align the cartridge over the
pins on the trim panels of the
vehicle.
3. Push down on the cartridge to
snap it into place.
4. Unroll the shade toward the
rear of the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in the
channels (3) on both sides.

2. Slide the button on the top to
release the cartridge.

6. Slide the shade to the lower (2)
position, or the halfway
open (1) position.

3. Pull up to remove the cartridge
from the pins.

Remove the Cargo Cover
1. Remove the cover from the
channels and carefully roll it
back up.

{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

104

Storage

Cargo Tie-Downs
For vehicles equipped with cargo
tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are
located in the rear compartment of
the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to
secure small loads.

Cargo Management
System
A prop rod locks to hold the cover
up when opened.

Press the red button on the prop rod
to close the cover.

Four hooks are located on the
inside cover and can be used for
storing items.

Rear Storage Area

There may be additional storage
compartments on each side of the
cargo management system. Lift the
panel up to open.
To open the cargo management
system, press the rear of the handle
to unlatch it and then lift the
handle up.

{ Warning
An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
the open position, could be
thrown about the vehicle during a
crash or sudden maneuver.
Someone could be injured. Be
sure to return the cover to the
closed position and latch before
driving. If the cover is removed,
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Storage
Warning (Continued)
always store it outside of the
vehicle. When it is replaced,
always be sure that it is securely
reattached.
To access the rear storage areas of
the cargo management system, and
the tire sealant and compressor kit:

3. Release the prop rod from the
inside cover by sliding the red
clip down.

105

U-Rail

Unhook the prop rod from the
pin on the inside cover. Store
the unhooked prop rod by
folding it into the cargo
management compartment.

1. Remove the cargo cover,
if equipped.
2. Open the cargo management
system cover.

If equipped with a u-rail system, the
fence can be moved to different
positions on the u-rail track to
secure cargo.

4. Store the cargo management
system cover by hooking it
onto the weatherstrip.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

106

Storage
Installing the Fence

Press both adapter buttons to move
the adapters (2) on the straight part
of the u-rail.
To move the fence around the u-rail,
disconnect one side:
1. Unlock by turning the latch (1)
to align K with the arrow on
the adapter (2).
2. Press the adapter button to
move the adapters (2) to the
desired position.
3. Reinstall the fence and lock
both latches (1) by turning to
align Q with the arrow on the
adapter (2).

Use the fence to secure items in
place.
Removing the Fence
Unlock by turning both latches (1) to
align K with the arrow on the
adapter (2). Lift and remove the
fence.

Insert the fence into the adapters
and lock both latches (1) by turning
to align Q with the arrow on the
adapter (2).
Storing the Fence
1. Lift the cargo management
system cover.
2. Release the cover from the
prop rod as described in the
previous steps.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Storage

107

The loop of the D-ring slider must
be facing inward toward the storage
area and the ring must be in the up
position for proper usage.

Cargo Net

{ Warning
3. Insert the top of the fence into
the lower two clips (1).
4. Turn the bottom of the fence up
and insert it into the upper two
clips (2).

D-Ring Sliders
If equipped with a D-ring system,
there are four D-ring sliders that
move along rails. These can be
used as tie-downs when storing
cargo.

Insert the D-ring sliders (1) into the
channel (2) located in the middle of
the rail. Press the button to move
the D-ring slider along the rail.

Do not stack items higher than
the upper end of the cargo net or
hang anything from the net. Avoid
items that have sharp edges or
that apply excessive force to the
net. If items are not properly
stored, damage to the net could
occur and items can be thrown
about the vehicle. You or others
could be injured. Always store
items behind the net.
If equipped, the cargo net can be
used to store light loads, keeping
them from falling over or being
thrown into the cabin during heavy
braking.
The net should not be overloaded or
used to store heavy loads.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

108

Storage

There are four openings in the
headliner: two behind the front seats
and two behind the rear seats.

3. Mount the cargo net to the rear
seat tethers on the back of the
folded down rear seats and pull
on the straps to tighten the net.
1. Insert the top corners of the
cargo net into the large
openings in the headliner and
secure by sliding them into the
small openings.
2. The rear seatbacks should be
folded down when the net is
installed in the headliner
opening behind the front seats.

4. When the net is installed in the
headliner opening behind the
rear seats, the rear seatbacks
should be upright.

5. Mount the cargo net to the
cargo tie-downs on the lower
side panels.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Storage
3. Roll up the cargo net and store
it in the attached vinyl bag.

Cargo Net Storage
The cargo net can be removed from
the vehicle and stored in the cargo
management system.
1. Disconnect the net from the
roof openings and the tethers.
2. Press the red button on the
center of the net to fold it
in half.

Roof Rack System

4. Open the cargo management
system cover.

{ Warning

5. If equipped with a tire sealant
and compressor kit, store the
cargo net in the available
space next to the kit.

If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.

Convenience Net
6. Pull on the straps to tighten
the net.

109

This vehicle may have a
convenience net in the rear of the
vehicle. Attach it to the cargo
tie-downs for storing small loads.
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads.

If equipped, the roof rack can be
used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

110

Storage
Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.

of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 .
ii

To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 112
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 112
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 112
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 113
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 122
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 123
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 125
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 125
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 129
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 130
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 131
Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . 132
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 132
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132

Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . .
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . .

111
133
133
133
133

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Brake System Messages . . . . . 137
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 138
Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 138
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 140
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 140
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 140
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 140
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Airbag System Messages . . . . 145
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

112

Instruments and Controls

Service Vehicle Messages . . . .
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Messages . . . . . .
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . .
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . .

145

Controls

145
145
146

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

146
146
146

Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See "Steering
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
manual.

Heated Steering Wheel

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 147

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 154
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

( (Heated Steering Wheel) :
If equipped with a heated steering
wheel, press to turn on or off. An
indicator next to the button is lit
when the feature is turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

INT (Intermittent Wipes/Rainsense
Wipe Sensitivity Control) : Move
the lever up to INT for intermittent
wipes, then turn the x INT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes. If the
vehicle has Rainsense™, see
Rainsense™ later in this section.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 261 .
ii

Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.

If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is changed to
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
while the wipers are performing
wipes due to windshield washing or
Rainsense, the wipers continue to
run until they reach the base of the
windshield.

Rainsense™
If equipped, there is a sensor near
the top center of the windshield that
detects the amount of water on the
windshield and automatically
controls the frequency of the
windshield wiper. To turn this feature
on or off, see “Rain Sense Wipers”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 147 .
ii

Wipe Parking
If the ignition is changed to
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
mode while the wipers are on LO,
HI, or INT, they will
immediately stop.

113

Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

114

Instruments and Controls
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
speed is very slow, the wipers will
automatically stop at the base of the
windshield.

INT (Intermittent Wipes/Rainsense
Wipe Sensitivity Control) : When
enabled, move the windshield wiper
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band
on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
. Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band down for less
sensitivity to moisture.
. Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to
deactivate Rainsense.

The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum
wash time is reached. When the
windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 256
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
The rear wiper controls are on the
end of the windshield wiper lever.

ii

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using an automatic car wash,
move the windshield wiper lever to
OFF. This disables the automatic
Rainsense windshield wipers and/or
manual windshield wipers.

ON : Press the upper portion of the
button for continuous rear window
wipes.
OFF : The rear wiper turns off when
the button is returned to the middle
position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes) :
Press the lower portion of the button
for intermittent wipes.

a (Rear Washer) : Push the
windshield wiper lever forward to
spray washer fluid on the rear
window. The lever automatically
returns to its original position when
released.
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Protection
When using an automatic car wash,
move the rear wiper control to OFF.
This disables the rear wiper.

Reverse Gear Wipes

Compass

If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate
continuously when the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing low
or high speed wipes. If the rear
wiper control is off, the shift lever is
in R (Reverse), and the front
windshield wiper is performing
interval wipes, then the rear wiper
automatically performs interval
wipes.

The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information.

This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

If the transmission is in N (Neutral)
and the vehicle speed is very slow,
the rear wiper will automatically stop
at the base of the rear window.
The wiper operations return to
normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.

115

The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and the rear
window. Check the fluid level in the
reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid 0 256 .
ii

The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages 0 138 for the messages
that may be displayed for the
compass.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

116

Instruments and Controls

Clock

To set the date:

The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu
system. See “Home Page” in the
infotainment manual for information
about how to use the menu system.

1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button and press Time
and Date.

Setting the Time

3. Press } to go back to the
previous menu.

To set the time:
1. From the Home Page, press
the SETTINGS screen button
and press Time and Date.
2. Press Set Time and press + or
− to increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Press } to go back to the
previous menu.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.

2. Press Set Date and press + or
− to increase or decrease
month, day, or year.

Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle may have five
accessory power outlets.
The accessory power outlets are:
. Below the climate control system
inside the front storage bin.
. Inside the center floor console.

.

On the rear of the center floor
console. For vehicles with a rear
climate control system, there will
be two accessory power outlets
on the rear of the center floor
console.

.

In the rear cargo area.

These are powered while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
the driver door is opened within
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
The power outlet located in the rear
cargo area is powered at all times.
There is a small cap that must be
removed to access the accessory
power outlet. When not using the
outlet be sure to cover it with the
protective cap.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

117

Caution

Caution

Caution

Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Power is always
supplied to the rear cargo outlet.
Always unplug electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.

Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

Holding a cigarette lighter in while
it is heating does not let the
lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter or heating
element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.

Certain accessory power plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 237 .
ii

Cigarette Lighter
If equipped, the cigarette lighter is
under the climate control system,
inside the front storage bin.
To activate the cigarette lighter,
push it into the heating element and
let go. The lighter pops out when it
is ready to be used.

Ashtrays
There may be an ashtray under the
climate control system on the center
stack. Press the door to release the
ashtray.
To empty the ashtray, remove it from
the instrument panel by holding the
edges and pulling straight out. To
reinstall, push the tray back into
place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

118

Instruments and Controls

There may also be ashtrays on the
center floor console behind the shift
lever and in the rear doors.

Caution
If papers, pins, or other
flammable items are put in the
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

119

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

120

Instruments and Controls

Cluster Application Displays
The cluster has three interactive
display zones.
Use the five-way control on the right
steering wheel control to move
between the different display zones
and scroll through the different
displays.
The left and right zones display
Driver Information Center (DIC)
information. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134 .

search for music, select from
favorites, or change the audio
source.

Open Source Software : Press
SEL while Open Source Software is
highlighted to display open source
software information.

Phone
While the Phone application page is
displayed, press SEL to enter the
Phone menu. In the Phone menu,
if there is no active phone call, view
recent calls, select from favorites,
or scroll through contacts. If there is
an active call, mute the phone or
switch to handset operation.

Speedometer

Settings

The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.

The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

Odometer

ii

The center zone displays
application information for
navigation, audio, phone,
or settings. A speedometer can also
be displayed in this center zone.
Navigation
If there is no active route, a
compass will be displayed. If there
is an active route, press SEL to end
route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.
Audio
While the Audio application page is
displayed, press SEL to enter the
Audio menu. In the Audio menu

Press SEL while the Settings
application page is displayed to
enter the Settings menu.
Units : Press SEL while Units is
highlighted to enter the Units menu.
Choose English or metric units by
pressing SEL while the desired item
is highlighted. A checkmark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Info Pages : Press SEL while Info
Pages is highlighted to select the
items to be displayed in the DIC
information displays. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134 .
ii

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 134 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Tachometer

Fuel Gauge

The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

Caution
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the rpm’s
in the warning area.

When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.

121

Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

122

Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

English
Metric

This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the shaded area, the
engine is too hot. Pull off the road,
stop the vehicle, and turn off the
engine as soon as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.

When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime comes on to
remind drivers to fasten their safety
belt. Then the light stays on solid
until the belt is buckled. This cycle
may continue several times if the
driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor chime
comes on.

Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 75 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
Second Row Passenger Belt
Reminder Light

123

unbuckled, the corresponding safety
belt symbol will change to flashing
red and a chime may sound.

Airbag Readiness Light
When the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind the front passenger to
fasten their safety belt. Then the
light stays on solid until the belt is
buckled. This cycle may continue
several times if the passenger
remains or becomes unbuckled
while the vehicle is moving.
If the front passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.

Second row seating positions
monitored for safety belt use are
represented by a colored symbol in
the Driver information Center (DIC)
indicating safety belt status. When
the vehicle is started, three safety
belt symbols come on and stay on
for several seconds in the
instrument cluster to alert the driver
that passengers may need to fasten
their safety belts. After the
passenger safety belt is buckled,
the corresponding safety belt
symbol in the instrument cluster
turns green. If a safety belt is not
initially buckled, the instrument
cluster displays a gray safety belt
symbol. While the vehicle is moving,
if a second row passenger that was
previously buckled becomes

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 69 .
ii

The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

124

Instruments and Controls
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
0 145 .
ii

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 75 for important
safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag
status indicator.
ii

United States

Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
Warning (Continued)
Light 0 123 for more information,
including important safety
information.
ii

125

When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 137 .
ii

Charging System Light

If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.

This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
Service Only Mode. See Ignition
Positions 0 187 .
ii

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

126

Instruments and Controls
Caution

Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 240 .
ii

If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. A loose or missing fuel cap may
cause the light to come on. See
Filling the Tank 0 227 . A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the
light off.
. Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at

least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
0 226 .
ii

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

ii

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 237 . See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
. The light does not come on
when the ignition is in Service
Only Mode.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

Metric

English

127

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a brake problem.

{ Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

128

Instruments and Controls

Electric Parking Brake
Light

Metric

Service Electric Parking
Brake Light

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

This light should come on briefly
when starting the vehicle. If it does
not come on, have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn if there is a
problem.

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.

If this light stays on, there is a
problem with the Electric Parking
Brake system or another system on
the vehicle that is causing the
parking brake system to work at a
reduced level. The vehicle can still
be driven, but should be taken to a
dealer as soon as possible. See the
information for the Electric Parking
Brake under Parking Brake 0 199 .
If a message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Brake
System Messages 0 137 .

If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.

English

This light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light
continues flashing after the parking
brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system or another
system. A message may also
display in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Brake System
Messages 0 137 .
ii

If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.

If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.

ii

ii

If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.

This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.

129

Traction Off Light

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 224 .
ii

See Brake System Warning Light
0 127 and Brake System Messages
0 137 .
ii

Vehicle Ahead Indicator
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.

ii

Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.

If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 219 .
ii

The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

130

Instruments and Controls

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the
system does not assist in controlling
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
the StabiliTrak systems, and the
warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light goes off.

Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating 0 254 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 254 .
ii

Tire Pressure Light

Engine Oil Pressure Light

When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.

Caution

A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 145 .
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 285 .
ii

ii

When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.

131

If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 288 .

Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

ii

This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

132

Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 42 .

Fuel Economy Light

ii

This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.

This light is in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) display.
For vehicles with the fuel economy
mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) button, located next
to the shift lever, is pressed. Press
the button again to turn off the light
and exit the fuel economy mode.
See Driving for Better Fuel
Economy 0 25 and Fuel Economy
Mode 0 197 for more information.

High-Beam On Light

It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 159 .
ii

ii

ii

serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on solid when
there is a problem with the AFL
system. It flashes when the system
is switching between lighting
modes. See Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) 0 160 .

133

Lamps On Reminder

ii

Front Fog Lamp Light
This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.

This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157 .
ii

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157 .
ii

Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) Light

Cruise Control Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Front Fog
Lamps 0 162 for more information.
ii

This light should come on briefly as
the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control 0 205 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

134

Instruments and Controls

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)

This light in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) comes on when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (if
equipped) is active. See Adaptive
Cruise Control 0 207 .

The DIC displays are shown in the
left and right interactive display
zones on the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The controls for
the DIC are on the right steering
wheel control.

ii

S or T : Press the five-way control
to move between the interactive
display zones in the cluster. Press
S to go back to the previous menu.
SEL (Select) : Press the center to
open a menu or select a menu item.
Press and hold to reset values on
certain screens.

DIC Information Display
Options
The information displays on the DIC
can be turned on or off through the
Settings menu.
1. Press SEL while viewing the
Settings page in the center
display zone on the cluster.
2. Scroll to Info Pages and
press SEL.
3. Press y or z to move
through the list of possible
information displays.

y or z : Press the five-way
control to move up or down in a list.

4. Press SEL while an item is
highlighted to select or
deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
will appear next to it.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
DIC Information Displays
The following is the list of all
possible DIC information displays.
Some of the information displays
may not be available for your
particular vehicle.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
Trip 1 and Trip 2 : Shows the
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer can be reset by
pressing and holding SEL while this
display is active.
Fuel Range : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy : Shows
the approximate average liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
This number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. The Average Fuel
Economy can be reset by pressing
and holding SEL while this display
is active.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy :
Shows the current fuel economy in
either liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per
gallon (mpg). This number reflects
only the approximate fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now and
changes frequently as driving
conditions change.
Average Speed : Shows the
average speed of the vehicle in
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the

135

last reset of this value. The average
speed can be reset by pressing and
holding SEL while this display is
active.
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
while this display is active. The
display will show the amount of time
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press
SEL briefly while this display is
active and the timer is running. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SEL while this display is active.
Compass : Shows the direction the
vehicle is driving.
Turn Arrow : Shows the next
maneuver when using route
guidance.
Travel Time : Shows the estimated
time duration remaining for the
current route.
Distance to Destination : Shows
the distance to the destination when
using route guidance.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

136

Instruments and Controls

Speed Limit : Shows sign
information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard
navigation.
Speed Warning : Allows the driver
to set a speed that they do not want
to exceed. To set the Speed
Warning, press SEL when Speed
Warning is displayed. Press y or
z to adjust the value. This feature
can be turned off by pressing and
holding SEL while viewing this
page. If the selected speed limit is
exceeded, a pop-up warning is
displayed with a chime.
Cruise Set Speed : Shows the
speed the cruise control or Adaptive
Cruise Control is set to.

Battery Voltage : Shows the
current battery voltage.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 140 .
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 243 .
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 332 .
ii

ii

ii

Follow Distance : Shows the
current following distance to the
vehicle ahead.

The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Life display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
To reset the engine oil life system,
press and hold SEL for several
seconds while the Oil Life display is
active. See Engine Oil Life System
0 246 .
ii

Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 287 and Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 288 .
ii

ii

Blank Page : Allows for no
information to be displayed in the
DIC display zone(s).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after the
other.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the
messages does not correct the
problem.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your
vehicle content.

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the battery
voltage is dropping beyond a
reasonable point. The battery saver
system starts reducing features of
the vehicle that may be noticed. At
the point that features are disabled,
this message displays. Turn off
unnecessary accessories to allow
the battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

137

TRANSPORT MODE ON
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is in transport mode. Some
features can be disabled while in
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
and the vehicle alarm system. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for service
to turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid 0 258 .
ii

This message is displayed when the
battery voltage is low. See Battery North America 0 259 .
ii

SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.

STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
This message is displayed if you
attempt to release the Electric
Parking Brake without the brake
pedal applied. See Parking Brake
0 199 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

138

Instruments and Controls

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

Compass Messages

This message is displayed if the
Electric Parking Brake is on while
the vehicle is in motion. See Parking
Brake 0 199 .

CAL

ii

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor might be heard
operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
normal under these conditions. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message is displayed when
there is a problem with the parking
brake. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.

This message is displayed when the
compass needs to be calibrated.
See Compass 0 115 .
ii

––
Dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your
dealer for service.

Cruise Control Messages
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET
TO XXX
This message displays when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise
Control 0 207 .
ii

ADAPTIVE CRUISE
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
temporarily unavailable. The ACC
system does not need service.

This can occur under the following
conditions:
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
0 321 .
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.
ii

CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays when the
cruise control speed is set. See
Cruise Control 0 205 .
ii

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
PEDAL APPLIED
This message displays when
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
active and the driver is pressing the
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
Control 0 207 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL
This message displays when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
needs service. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
EXITING
This message may display if
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
engaged holding the vehicle at a
stop, and the driver attempts to exit
the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
P (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages
DOOR OPEN
A door open symbol will be
displayed on the DIC showing which
door is open. If the vehicle has been
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR
OPEN message will also be
displayed. Close the door
completely.

HOOD OPEN
This message will display along with
a hood open symbol when the hood
is open. Close the hood completely.

REAR ACCESS OPEN
This message will display along with
a symbol when the liftgate is open.
Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
ENGINE TEMP
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
To avoid added strain on a hot
engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. The vehicle can continue to be
driven.

139

If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —
IDLE ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —
STOP ENGINE
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
This message displays if the coolant
temperature is hot. See Engine
Overheating 0 254 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

140

Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the oil life system. See
Engine Oil Life System 0 246 ,
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 , Engine Oil 0 243 , and
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
ii

ii

ii

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.

ii

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE
ENGINE

Engine Power Messages

This message displays when the
engine oil temperature is too hot.
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
until it cools down.

This message displays when the
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no
reduction in performance, proceed
to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil 0 243 .
ii

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message displays when the
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
fuel cap.

Key and Lock Messages
NO REMOTE DETECTED
This message displays when the
transmitter battery may be weak.
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 27 .
ii

NO REMOTE KEY WAS
DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE
This message displays when trying
to start the vehicle if an RKE
transmitter is not detected. The

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
transmitter battery may be weak.
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” under Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 27 .

Lamp Messages

NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE
TO RESTART

This message displays when the
AFL system is disabled and needs
service. See your dealer. See
Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL)
0 160 .

ii

This message is displayed if the
remote is no longer detected in the
vehicle. Press the brake pedal to
restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYS
PROGRAMMED
This message displays when
programming new keys to the
vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE
This message displays when
leaving the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the RKE transmitter needs
to be replaced.

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD
LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED
SERVICE

ii

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON

141

XXX TURN INDICATOR
FAILURE
When one of the turn signals is out,
this message displays to show
which bulb needs to be replaced.
See Bulb Replacement 0 263 and
Replacement Bulbs 0 270 .
ii

ii

TURN SIGNAL ON
This message is displayed if the
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
the turn signal.

This message is displayed when the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and
the lights have turned on. See
Twilight Sentinel 0 160 .

Object Detection System
Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF

This message displays when driving
in certain areas where there may be
radar interference. Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), and the Front
Automatic Braking (FAB) System
may not work or may not work as
well. The vehicle does not need
service.

ii

This message is displayed when the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and
the lights have turned off. See
Twilight Sentinel 0 160 .
ii

24 GHz RADARS OFF

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

142

Instruments and Controls

AUTOMATIC COLLISION
PREP OFF
This message displays when the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System has been turned off. See
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 221 .
ii

This can occur under the following
conditions:
. The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean. Keep
these areas clean and free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care 0 321 .
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the object detection
performance.
ii

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
REDUCED
This message displays when the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System has been set to the Alert
setting. This setting disables most
FAB functions. Some last-second
automatic braking capability is still
provided with the Alert setting, but
braking is less likely to occur. See
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 221 .
ii

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System has been unavailable for
some time. The FAB System does
not need service.

This message may also be
displayed if there is a problem with
the StabiliTrak system. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 202 .
ii

FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the
Forward Collision Alert has been
turned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the

issue. The Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) system will not operate.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and
the Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System may not work or may not
work as well.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system
when it is temporarily unavailable.
The LDW system does not need
service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARK
ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
turned off or when there is a
temporary condition causing the
system to be disabled.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
REAR AUTO BRAKE AND
PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the parking
and backing features of the Driver
Assistance System when they are
temporarily unavailable. The system
does not need service.
This can occur under the following
conditions:
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care
0 321 .
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with the radar object detection or
camera performance.
ii

See Driver Assistance Systems
0 214 .
ii

SERVICE AUTOMATIC
COLLISION PREP
If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system. Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC), Forward Collision Alert
(FCA), and/or the Front Automatic
Braking (FAB) System may not
work. Do not use these systems
until the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST
SYSTEM
If this message displays, take the
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Front
Automatic Braking (FAB) System,
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing, and/or Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) system may not
work. Do not use these systems
until the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
features. Take the vehicle to your
dealer.

143

SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to
help you park. See your dealer for
service.

SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE
AND PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the parking and
backing features of the Driver
Assistance System. Do not use this
system to help park or back the
vehicle. See your dealer for service.

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
This message indicates that the
driver has turned the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system off.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SYSTEM
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) features will not work. Take
the vehicle to your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

144

Instruments and Controls

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
This message indicates that Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
disabled either because the sensor
is blocked and cannot detect
vehicles in the blind zone, or the
vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where
there is insufficient data for
operation. This message may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not
need service. For cleaning, see
"Washing the Vehicle" under
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
This message displays when there
is a problem with the All Wheel
Drive (AWD) system. This message
could be set by a number of issues.
Some may require service of the
AWD system some will not. The

vehicle will run in normal two-wheel
drive mode when this message has
been set. This could be caused by:
. A vehicle or an AWD system
electronics problem.
. Various vehicle electrical issues.

SERVICE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM

.

Worn out or overheated clutch
plates.

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL

.

Loss of fluids.

This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 202 .

If this message appears, stop when
convenient and turn off the ignition
for 30 seconds. Restart the vehicle
and check for the message on the
DIC display. If the message has
gone off and stays off, it is not
necessary to take your vehicle to
the dealer. If the message still
displays or appears again when you
begin driving, the system needs
service. See your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

This message displays if there is a
problem with the Selective Ride
Control. See Selective Ride Control
0 204 .
ii

ii

SPORT MODE ON
This message displays when Sport
Mode has been activated. See
Selective Ride Control 0 204 and
Manual Mode 0 196 .
ii

ii

TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has
been turned off. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 202 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
TRACTION CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) has
been turned on. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 202 .
ii

Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system. See
your dealer for service.

performance or loss of power
steering assistance is noticed, see
your dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.

145

Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 288 .
ii

Starting the Vehicle
Messages
PRESS BRAKE TO START

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 288 .

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message is displayed when
attempting to start the vehicle
without first pressing the brake
pedal.

This message displays if the vehicle
detects a tamper condition.

SERVICE KEYLESS START
SYSTEM

This message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the tires
is low.

Service Vehicle Messages

This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the pushbutton start
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.

This message also displays LEFT
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
the location of the low tire.

Security Messages

SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays and a chime
may sound when there may be a
problem with the power steering
system. If this message displays
and a reduction in steering

ii

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE

The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 131 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

146

Instruments and Controls

If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as
possible. Inflate the tires by adding
air until the tire pressure is equal to
the values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
0 278 , Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 ,
and Tire Pressure 0 285 .
ii

This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
turning the ignition off if the vehicle
is not in P (Park).

ii

ii

More than one tire pressure
message can appear at a time. The
DIC also shows the tire pressure
values. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134 .
ii

Transmission Messages
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays if there is a
problem with the transmission. See
your dealer.

SHIFT DENIED
This message displays when using
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and
attempting to shift to a gear not
appropriate for the vehicle speed
and engine revolutions per
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode
0 196 .
ii

SHIFT TO PARK

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message is displayed when ice
conditions are possible.

TURN WIPER CONTROL TO
INTERMITTENT FIRST
This message is displayed when
attempting to adjust the intermittent
wiper speed without intermittent
selected on the wiper control. See
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 113 .
ii

Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
This message is displayed when the
vehicle speed is greater than the set
speed. See "Speed Warning" under
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 .
ii

Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message may display when the
washer fluid level is low. Fill the
windshield washer reservoir as soon
as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 242 for
the location of the windshield
washer reservoir. Also, see Washer
Fluid 0 256 .
ii

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.

Personalization Menus

Language (Language)

The following list of menu items may
be available:
. Time and Date

Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).

.

Language (Language)

.

Valet Mode

.

Radio

.

Vehicle

.

Bluetooth

.

Apple CarPlay

.

Android Auto

.

Voice

1. Press SETTINGS on the Home
page on the infotainment
system display.

.

Display

.

Rear Camera

2. Press the desired feature to
display a list of available
options.

.

Return to Factory Settings

.

Software Information

The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
Infotainment System Audio
System Controls
To access the
personalization menu:

3. Press to select the desired
feature setting.
4. Press the [ Back screen
button to return to the
previous menu.

147

The selected language will display
on the system, and voice
recognition will reflect the selected
language.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations (if equipped).
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.

Each menu is detailed in the
following information.

Time and Date
Manually set the time and date. See
Clock 0 116 .
ii

2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Press Back to go
back to the previous menu.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

148

Instruments and Controls

Radio

Bose Audio Pilot

Climate and Air Quality

Press to display the Radio Menu
and the following may be displayed:
. Manage Favorites

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Auto Fan Max Speed

Audible Touch Feedback

This feature adjusts the volume
based on the noise in the vehicle.
See “Bose AudioPilot Noise
Compensation Technology” under
“Infotainment System Settings” in
the infotainment manual.

.

Air Quality Sensor

.

Auto Heated Seats

Bose Audio Pilot

Maximum Startup Volume

.

Auto Defog

Maximum Startup Volume

.

Auto Rear Defog

This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in
“Settings” under “Radio” in the
infotainment manual.

This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
adjusted to this level. To set the
maximum startup volume, press +
or − to increase or decrease.

Number of Favorites Shown

Vehicle

Air Quality Sensor

Press to set the number of favorites
to display.

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Climate and Air Quality

.
.
.
.

Number of Favorites Shown

Manage Favorites

Select the desired number or select
Auto and the infotainment system
will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown.
Audible Touch Feedback
This allows Audible Touch
Feedback to be turned on or off.
Select Off or On.

Auto Fan Max Speed
This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Select Low, Medium, or High.
This allows for selection of air
quality sensor operation at high or
low sensitivity.

.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High
Sensitivity.

.

Comfort and Convenience

Auto Heated Seats

.

Lighting

.

Power Door Locks

.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

When enabled, this feature will
automatically activate heated seats
at the level required by the interior
temperature. The auto heated seats

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
can be turned off by using the
heated seat buttons on the center
stack.
Select Off or On.
Auto Defog
When set to On, the front defog will
automatically react to temperature
and humidity conditions that may
cause fogging.
Select Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog
If equipped, this allows auto rear
defog to be turned on or off.

Alert Type

Go Notifier

This feature will set crash alerts to
beeps or seat vibrations. This
setting affects all crash alerts
including:
. Forward Collision
.

Lane Departure Warning

This feature will give a reminder that
Adaptive Cruise Control provides
when it has brought the vehicle to a
complete stop behind another
stopping vehicle, and then that
vehicle drives on. See Adaptive
Cruise Control 0 207 .

.

Adaptive Cruise Control

Select Off or On.

.

Parking Assist

Side Blind Zone Alert

.

Backing Warning

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) 0 222 .

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

.

Auto Collision Preparation

.

Go Notifier

.

Side Blind Zone Alert

.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Collision/Detection Systems
Select the Collision/Detection
Systems menu and the following
may display:
. Alert Type

ii

ii

Auto Collision Preparation
This feature will turn on or off the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The
Off setting disables all FCA and
FAB functions. With the Alert and
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
are available. The Alert setting
disables FAB, but some last-second
automatic braking capability is still
provided, though less likely to occur.
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 221 .

Select Off or On.

149

ii

Select Off or On.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Select Off or On. See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
0 215 .
ii

Comfort and Convenience

.

Easy Exit Options

.

Chime Volume

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Auto Memory Recall

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

150

Instruments and Controls

.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Reverse Tilt Mirror

Exit Lighting

.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.

This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.

Auto Memory Recall
This feature automatically recalls
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when
entering the vehicle. See Memory
Seats 0 56 .
ii

Select Off or On.
Easy Exit Options
This feature moves the seat
rearward automatically allowing the
driver more room to exit the vehicle.
See Memory Seats 0 56 .
ii

Select Off or On.
Chime Volume

Select Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On Passenger.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Select Off, 30 Seconds,
60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

When on and the front wiper is on,
the rear wiper will automatically
activate when the vehicle is shifted
into R (Reverse).

Power Door Locks

Select Off or On.

.

Auto Door Unlock

Lighting

.

Delayed Door Lock

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Vehicle Locator Lights

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.

.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

This feature will flash the exterior
lamps when K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
pressed to locate the vehicle.

Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

Select Off or On.

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.
Select Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

151

Delayed Door Lock

Remote Lock Feedback

Passive Door Unlock

When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.

This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Remote Door Unlock

Passive Door Lock

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.

.

Remote Lock Feedback

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

.

Remote Door Unlock

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This feature can be turned on or off,
or can be used to select feedback
when using the button on the driver
door to lock the vehicle. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 27 .

.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

.

Passive Door Unlock

If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the ventilated seats
on when using remote start on
warm days.

.

Passive Door Lock

Select Off or On.

.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.

If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on
when using remote start on
cold days.

Select Off or On.

Select Off or On.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

ii

Select Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.
Select Off or On.

Bluetooth
Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Pair New Device
.

Device Management

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

152

Instruments and Controls

.

Ringtones

Apple CarPlay™

Select Off or On.

.

Voice Mail Numbers

Select and the following may
display:
. Apple CarPlay

Manage Android Auto Devices

Pair New Device
Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual.
Device Management
Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.
Ringtones
Press to change the ring tone for
the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
the ring.
Voice Mail Numbers
This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT or press the EDIT
button. Type a new number, then
select SAVE or press the SAVE
button.

.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this
feature to be accessed.

Apple CarPlay

Voice

This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Confidence Threshold

Select Off or On.

.

Prompt Length

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

.

Audio Feedback Speed

Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
feature to be accessed.

Confidence Threshold

Android Auto

This feature allows the adjustment
of the sensitivity of the speech
recognition system.

Select and the following may
display:
. Android Auto

Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less.

.

This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto
This feature allows Android devices
to be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port.

Prompt Length

Select Short or Long.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls

153

Audio Feedback Speed

Rear Camera

Restore Vehicle Settings

This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.

This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Guidance Lines

Display

.

Clear All Private Data

Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Mode

Guidance Lines

Rear Park Assist Symbols

.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 215 .

.

Turn Display Off

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Mode
Select to change the display screen
for day or night driving.
Select Auto, Day, or Night.
Calibrate Touchscreen
Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
then follow the prompts.
Turn Display Off
Select to turn the display off. Press
anywhere on the display area or any
faceplate button to turn the
display on.

ii

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 215 .

Select Cancel or Restore.
This allows selection to clear all
private information from the vehicle.
Select Cancel or Delete.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Cancel or Restore.

ii

Return to Factory Settings
Select and the following may be
displayed:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
.

Clear All Private Data

.

Restore Radio Settings

Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

154

Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote
System

reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .

Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.

ii

Universal Remote System
Programming

If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and

Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
(1 to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote
system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Instruments and Controls
the indicator light changes from
a slow to a rapid flash. Then
release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button

.

155

for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.

5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.

If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.

Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.
The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.

The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

156

Instruments and Controls

Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators

Universal Remote System
Operation

For questions or programming help
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.

Using the Universal Remote
System

Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Lighting

Lighting

Lighting Features

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 157
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 161
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

164
164
164
165

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

165

This control is on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
column.
Turn the control to the following
positions:

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

157

163
163
163
163
163

O (Off) : Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

158

Lighting

3 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
A warning chime sounds if the driver
door is opened when the ignition
switch is off and the headlamps
are on.
# (Front Fog Lamps, If
Equipped) : Press to turn the lamps
on or off.
See Front Fog Lamps 0 162 .
ii

®

IntelliBeam System
If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.
The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.

This light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
with the turn signal lever in the
neutral position, turn the exterior
lamp control to AUTO. The blue
high-beam on light appears on the
instrument cluster when the high
beams are on.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).
There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
. The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
. The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.
. The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
. The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).
. The IntelliBeam system can be
disabled by the High/Low-Beam
Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
feature. If this happens, the
High/Low-Beam Changer must
be activated two times within
five seconds to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
reactivated. See Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Changer 0 159
or Flash-to-Pass 0 159 .
ii

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Lighting
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.
. The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

159

The high-beam headlamps may
need to be disabled if any of the
above conditions exist.

To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal lever all the way toward
you, then release it.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer

Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)

Push the turn signal lever away
from you and release to turn the
high beams on. To return to low
beams, push the lever again or pull
it toward you and release.

DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
A light sensor on top of the
instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.

This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-Pass
The flash-to-pass feature works with
the low beams or Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) on or off.

The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on at a
reduced brightness or for vehicles
with High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlamps, the DRL lights will come
on when the following conditions
are met:
. The ignition is in the ON/
RUN mode.
. The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
. The engine is running.
.

The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

160

Lighting

When the DRL are on, only the
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced
level of brightness, will be on. The
high-beam headlamps, taillamps,
sidemarker, instrument panel lamps,
and other lamps will not be on.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
To turn the DRL lamps off or on
again, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
the DRL cannot be turned off.
This vehicle may have a DRL
disabling function. When the DRL
are on and a turn signal is activated,
the DRL on that side will be off until
the turn signal goes off.

Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL)

Twilight Sentinel

If equipped with uplevel headlamps,
the AFL System adjusts the
headlamps to provide greater road
illumination in various driving
conditions.
To enable AFL, set the exterior lamp
control to the AUTO position.
Moving the control out of the AUTO
position will deactivate the system.
AFL will operate when the vehicle
speed is greater than 3 km/h
(2 mph). AFL will not operate when
the transmission is in R (Reverse).
AFL is not immediately operable
after starting the vehicle. Driving a
short distance is required to
calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 157 .
ii

Curve Lighting
The light beam pivots based on the
steering wheel position and vehicle
speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
The headlamps shine at an angle of
up to 15 degrees to the right or left
of the direction of travel.

This feature automatically turns the
lamps on and off. A light sensor on
top of the instrument panel makes
the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be
sure it is not covered.
With Twilight Sentinel the following
will happen:
. When it is dark enough outside,
and the exterior lamp control is
in the AUTO position, the
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
go off, and the headlamps and
parking lamps come on. The
other lamps that come on with
the headlamps also come on.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Lighting
.

When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off, and the
DRL come on, as long as the
exterior lamp control is in the
AUTO position. See Exterior
Lamp Controls 0 157 .
ii

If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 163 .
ii

The vehicle can be idled with the
lamps off, even when it is dark
outside. After starting the vehicle,
turn the exterior lamps control to P,
then release it. The lamps will
remain off until the control is turned
to P again.

Twilight Sentinel also provides
exterior illumination when exiting the
vehicle until one of the following
occurs:
. The exterior lamp control is
moved to P from the AUTO
position or to ;.
.

161

lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

The delay time selected has
elapsed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 147
to select the delay time. You can
also select no delay time.

ii

If the ignition is turned off with the
exterior lamp control in the parking
lamp or headlamp position, the
Twilight Sentinel delay will not
occur. The lamps will turn off as
soon as the control is turned off.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) :
Press this button on the instrument
panel to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press again to turn
the flashers off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

162

Lighting

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 271 .
ii

Front Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. The turn signal flashes
three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.

The front fog lamp button is on the
exterior lamp control on the
outboard side of the steering wheel.

The ignition must be on to turn on
the fog lamps.

# (Front Fog Lamps) : Press to
turn the fog lamps on or off. An
indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the fog
lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Lighting

Interior Lighting

Cargo Lamp

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

The cargo lamp is located in the
rear compartment and is controlled
by the dome lamp. See Dome
Lamps 0 163 .
ii

Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is
opened and the dome lamp is in the
door position.

Dome Lamps
The brightness of the instrument
panel lights and steering wheel
controls can be adjusted.

D (Instrument Panel
Brightness) : Move and hold the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the lights.
The brightness of the displays
automatically adjusts based on
outdoor lighting. The instrument
panel illumination control will set the
lowest level to which the displays
will automatically be adjusted.

163

To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:

* (Dome Lamp Override) : Turns
the lamp off, even when a door
is open.
1 (Door) : The lamp comes on
when a door is opened.
+ (On) : Turns the dome lamp on.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and over the rear
passenger doors. These lamps
come on automatically when any
door is opened.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:
.

Press m or n next to each
overhead console reading lamp.

.

Press the lamp lens on the rear
passenger reading lamps.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

164

Lighting
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lights turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. After about
30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
off, and then the dome and
remaining interior lights dim to off.
The entry lighting can be manually
turned off by changing the ignition
out of the off position, or by pressing
Q on the RKE transmitter.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lamps come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The exterior lamps and
interior lamps remain on for a set
amount of time, then automatically
turn off.

This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
window defogger, climate control fan
at high speed, heated seats, engine
cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
plugged into accessory power
outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Lighting
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 137 .
ii

Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.

Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control

to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.

165

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

166

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Introduction
Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings and downloadable
applications (if equipped).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Climate Controls

Climate Controls

167

Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls

5. Recirculation

2. Fan Control

7. Defrost

3. OFF (Fan)

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats

6. Rear Window Defogger

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

168

Climate Controls
Climate Control Touch Screen
The fan, air delivery mode, air
conditioning, driver and passenger
temperatures, and SYNC settings
can be controlled by pressing
CLIMATE on the infotainment home
screen or the climate button in the
touch screen application tray.
A selection can then be made on
the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment
manual.

Climate Touch Screen Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display

Climate Control Status Screen

2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
3. Fan Control
4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)

Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the indicator light is on or
AUTO is displayed on the touch
screen, the system is in full
automatic operation. If the air
delivery mode or fan setting is
manually adjusted, the auto
indicator turns off and the display
will show the selected settings. Auto
operation can be turned off
individually for climate settings.
For automatic operation:

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

1. Press AUTO.

6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)

2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
needed for best comfort.

7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control

adjusted. The air delivery mode can
be adjusted on the climate control
status screen.

The climate control status screen
appears briefly when the climate
control buttons on the faceplate are

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Climate Controls
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather. The recirculation
light will not come on. Press /
to select recirculation; press it again
to select outside air.
OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan on
or off. The temperature control and
air delivery mode can still be
adjusted.

w / x (Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls) : The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the
passenger. Press to increase or
decrease the temperature. Press
and hold to rapidly increase or
decrease the temperature.
The driver and passenger
temperatures can also be adjusted
by pressing the controls on the
touch screen.
SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature) : Press SYNC on the
touch screen to link all climate zone
settings to the driver settings. Adjust
the driver side temperature control
to change the linked temperature.

When the passenger settings are
adjusted, the SYNC button is
displayed when the temperatures
are unlinked.
Manual Operation

z 9 or 9 y(Fan Control) :
Press the fan control buttons or the
touch screen fan control, to increase
or decrease the fan speed. Press
and hold the buttons or the touch
screen control to adjust speed more
quickly. The fan speed setting
displays. Pressing either button
cancels automatic fan control and
the fan can be controlled manually.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation. To turn off the fan and
climate control system, press and
hold the fan down button or touch
screen fan control until it is off.
Air Delivery Mode Control : When
the climate information is displayed,
press the desired air delivery mode
on the touch screen to change the
direction of the airflow. The selected
air delivery mode button is lit.
Pressing any of the air delivery
buttons cancels automatic air
delivery control and the direction of

169

the airflow can be controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation.
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets.

- (Defog) : Clears the windows of
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
windshield and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost) : Clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield. Press the 0 button to
turn on or off. Changing the air
delivery mode also turns the
defrost off.
AC Mode (Air Conditioning) :
Press the AC Mode touch screen
control to turn the automatic air
conditioning on or off. If the fan is

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

170

Climate Controls

turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the
air conditioner will not run.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation and the air conditioner
runs as needed.
Automatic Air Recirculation :
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the air inside the vehicle may
automatically recirculate as needed
to help quickly cool the inside of the
vehicle.
If equipped, an air quality sensor
may also activate recirculation when
it detects increasing levels of poor
quality air outside the vehicle. The
air quality sensor will not maintain
recirculation for an extended period
and may not activate during cold
weather. To adjust the sensitivity of
the air quality sensor, see “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .
ii

The air quality sensor system does
not protect against carbon monoxide
(CO), which cannot be seen or
smelled. See Engine Exhaust
0 193 .
ii

/ (Recirculation) : Press to
alternate between recirculating air
inside the vehicle or pulling in
outside air. The indicator light on the
button is lit when recirculation mode
is active. This helps to quickly cool
the air inside the vehicle or reduce
the outside air and odors that may
enter.
Pressing this button cancels
automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
to return to automatic operation;
recirculation runs automatically as
needed.
Manual recirculation mode is not
available when in Defrost or Defog
modes.
Auto Defog : The climate control
system may have a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust to
outside air supply and turn on the
air conditioner. If the climate control
system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or

on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 147 .
ii

Rear Window Defogger

= (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger can be
set to automatic operation. See
“Climate and Air Quality” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
the rear window defogger turns on
automatically when the interior
temperature is cold and the outside
temperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)
and below.
ii

The heated outside mirrors turn on
when the rear window defogger
button is on and help to clear fog or
frost from the surface of the mirrors.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Climate Controls
Caution
Do not try to clear frost or other
material from the inside of the
front windshield and rear window
with a razor blade or anything
else that is sharp. This may
damage the rear window
defogger grid and affect the
radio's ability to pick up stations
clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Manual Heated and Ventilated
Seats (If Equipped) : Press J or
z to heat the driver or passenger
seat cushion and seatback.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver
or passenger seat. See Heated and
Ventilated Seats 0 13 .
ii

Auto Heated Seats (If Equipped) :
When the vehicle is on, the heated
seats are automatically activated at
the level required by the vehicle’s
interior temperature. The active
high, medium, low, or off heated
seat level will be indicated by the
manual heated seat buttons. Use
the manual heated seat buttons to
turn auto heated seats off. See
Heated and Ventilated Seats 0 13
and Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

ii

Remote Start Climate Control
Operation : If equipped, the climate
control system may run when the
vehicle is started remotely. The
system uses the driver’s previous
settings to heat or cool the inside of
the vehicle. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear defog indicator light does not
come on during a remote start. If the
vehicle has heated or ventilated
seats, they may come on during a
remote start. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 33 and Heated and
Ventilated Seats 0 13 .
ii

ii

171

The rear window defogger turns on
if it is cold outside.

Sensor
The solar sensor, located on top of
the instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
If the sensor is covered, the
automatic climate control system
may not work properly.

Rear Climate Control
System
If equipped with a rear climate
control system, the settings can be
adjusted with the rear climate
control buttons and the touch
screen.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

172

Climate Controls
9. Air Delivery Mode Control
Rear : Press this button on the front
climate control touch screen to open
the rear climate control screen. The
rear climate control settings can
now be adjusted from the front
passenger area.

O (On/Off) : Press O or REAR O to

Rear Climate Control Buttons
1. Heated Rear Seats (If
Equipped)
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Rear Climate Touch Screen
Controls
1. Outside Temperature Display

3. TEMP (Temperature Control)

2. Rear Climate Temperature
Control

4. Fan Control

3. Fan Control

5.

O (On/Off)

6. Air Delivery Mode Control

4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperatures)
5. REAR

O (On/Off)

6. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Operation)
7. Front (Front Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Rear Control Lockout

turn the rear climate control on or
off. The rear climate control system
can also be turned off by pressing
the fan down button until the system
turns off. If the rear climate control
is turned off using REAR O on the
touch screen, the O button on the
rear climate control faceplate must
be pressed twice to turn the system
back on.
SYNC : Press the SYNC button on
the touch screen to match the rear
climate control temperature to the
front climate control driver
temperature. The SYNC button will
be lit. Press the TEMP, MODE,
or AUTO button twice to unlink the
set driver and rear temperatures.
The SYNC button turns off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Climate Controls
Rear Control Lockout : Press to
lock or unlock control of the rear
climate control system from the rear
seat passengers. When locked the
rear climate control can only be
adjusted from the front seat.

+/− (Temperature Control) : Press
briefly or press and hold the rear
temperature control buttons or touch
screen to adjust the rear passenger
temperature. Press + for warmer air
and press − for cooler air.

Automatic Operation

Y/ \/Y (Air Delivery Mode

Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.
The air delivery and fan speed are
controlled automatically. The AUTO
indicator appears on the display.
If any of the climate control settings
are manually adjusted, this cancels
full automatic operation.
Manual Operation

SA T (Fan Control) : Press
briefly or press and hold the rear
climate control buttons or touch
screen to increase or decrease the
airflow. Pressing A T when the
system is off will turn the system on.
The air delivery mode remains in its
previous setting.

Control) : Press the desired mode
button on the touch screen or the
MODE button on the rear faceplate
to change the direction of the airflow
in the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
Equipped) : Press M or L to heat
the left or right outboard seat
cushion and seatback. See Heated
Rear Seats 0 61 .
ii

173

Air Vents
Move the sliding knob on the air
outlets up and down or left and right
to direct the airflow. Use the
thumbwheels near the air outlets to
open or close off the airflow.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non‐GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
. Do not insert any objects in the
outlets, as failure of the
mechanism may occur.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

174

Climate Controls

Maintenance

6. Install the new air filter.
7. Close the service door and
latches.

Passenger Compartment
Air Filter

8. Reinstall the upper portion of
the glove box.

The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance,
see Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 341 .
ii

See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

4. Release the latch holding the
service door. Lower the
service door.

ii

1. Open the glove box completely
and remove the four screws
along the upper portion of the
glove box.
2. When released, lower the
upper portion of the glove box.
3. Locate the service door for the
passenger compartment air
filter.

5. Remove the old air filter.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Engine Exhaust

Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .

176
177
177
177
177
178
178
179
179
180
181
182
182

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Gasoline
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

186
187
187
189
190
191

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 194
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 197

Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . .

198
199
201
202

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 204

175

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 207

Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . .
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . .
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

214
215
218
219
221
222
224

Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

226
227
227
227
227
229

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

176

Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .

Driving Information
229

Distracted Driving

229
233
235
236

Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Refer to the infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts
0 62 .
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.

{ Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.

ii

Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Drunk Driving

Braking

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

177

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
.

Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

178

Driving and Operating

Steering

Curve Tips

Hydraulic Power Steering

.

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

.

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

.

Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.

.

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

This vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid 0 256 .
ii

If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or
because of a system malfunction,
the vehicle can be steered but may
require increased effort. See your
dealer if there is a problem.

Steering in Emergencies
.

Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.

Off-Road Recovery

.

.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.

Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.

.

Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.

179

Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

180

Driving and Operating

Hydroplaning

Hill and Mountain Roads

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.

Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
.

Pass with caution.

.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 278 .
ii

.

Turn off cruise control.

{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
.

Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.

.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).

.

Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.

{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

Winter Driving

clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.

Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 202 .
. Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops, but the brakes
should be applied sooner than
when on dry pavement. See
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
0 198 .
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
ii

ii

.

Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions
Stay with the vehicle unless there is
help nearby. If possible, use
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Service 0 349 . To get help and keep
everyone in the vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
ii

{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
(Continued)

181

Warning (Continued)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 193 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

182

Driving and Operating

To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 202 .
ii

{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal

when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 317 .
ii

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information
Label

183

The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 278
and Tire Pressure 0 285 .
ii

ii

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.

There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

184

Driving and Operating

2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals

the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 233 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.
ii

Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

185

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label

Example 2

Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 113 kg (250 lbs).

for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar).
The label may show the size of
the vehicle's original tires and
the inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. The label shows
the gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called the Gross

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

186

Driving and Operating

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
the centerline.

{ Warning
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.

.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.

.

Secure loose items in the
vehicle.

.

Do not leave a seat
folded down unless
needed.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.

Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

187

Ignition Positions

Caution (Continued)
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed. The pedals can only be
adjusted when the vehicle is in
P (Park).

The switch used to adjust the
pedals is below the windshield wiper
lever. Pull the switch toward you to
move the pedals further from the
floor, or push the switch away from
you to move the pedals closer to the
floor.
Adjust the throttle and brake pedals
while the vehicle is in P (Park)
without pressing on the pedals.

The vehicle has an electronic
keyless ignition with pushbutton
start.
Pressing the button cycles it through
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
ON/RUN/START, and STOPPING
THE ENGINE/OFF.
If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a
strong radio antenna signal causing
interference to the keyless entry
system. See Key and Lock
Messages 0 140 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

188

Driving and Operating

To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ON/RUN mode and the
brake pedal must be applied.
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF (No
Indicator Light) : When the vehicle
is stopped, press the ENGINE
START/STOP button once to turn
the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 191 .
ii

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 . When the vehicle is shifted
into P (Park), the ignition system will
switch to OFF.
ii

If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to OFF. On vehicles
with an automatic transmission,
the shift lever must be in
P (Park) to turn the ignition
switch to the OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 199 .
ii

Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over
and must be shut off while driving,
press and hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for longer than
two seconds, or press twice in
five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake
pedal applied will place the ignition
system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to OFF after
10 minutes to prevent battery
rundown.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off and the
brake pedal applied, pressing the
button once will place the ignition
system in ON/RUN/START. Once
engine cranking begins, release the
button. Engine cranking will
continue until the engine starts. See
Starting the Gasoline Engine 0 189 .
The ignition will then remain in
ON/RUN.
ii

Service Only Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
The instruments and audio systems
will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be
driven. The engine will not start in
Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Gasoline
Engine
Place the transmission in the proper
gear by moving the shift lever to
P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart
the engine when the vehicle is
already moving, use N (Neutral).

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
while starting the vehicle, damage
may occur to the hydraulic power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.

189

Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 237 .
ii

To start the vehicle:
Starting Procedure
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the brake pedal
applied. When the engine
begins cranking, let go of the
button. The idle speed will go
down as the engine warms up.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

190

Driving and Operating
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the vehicle, if there is
interference, or the RKE
battery is low, a Driver
Information Center (DIC)
message will display. See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 27 .
ii

ii

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by pressing
ENGINE START/STOP
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to

the floor and holding it there as
you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button, for up to a
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
at least 15 seconds between
each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool down. When the
engine starts, let go of the
button and the accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, do the same
thing. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do
not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.

the plug end of the cord will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Coolant
Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
located near the air cleaner.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Engine Heater
The engine coolant heater,
if available, can help in cold weather
conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)
for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up.
Plug in the coolant heater at least
four hours before starting the
vehicle. An internal thermostat in

Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.

Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
.

.

Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.

.

Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine
parts. If you do not it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

191

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These accessories can be used
after the engine is turned off:
. Infotainment system (up to
10 minutes or until the driver
door is opened).
. Power windows, sunroof (if
equipped), and power outlets (up
to 10 minutes or until any door is
opened).

Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 199 .
ii

2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by pushing the lever
all the way toward the front of
the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition off.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

192

Driving and Operating

Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 191 .
If you are towing a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 229 .
ii

ii

If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold
down the regular brake pedal. See if
you can move the shift lever away
from P (Park) without first pulling it
toward you. If you can, it means that
the shift lever was not fully locked
into P (Park).

Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)"
listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
If you are towing a trailer and
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 229 .
ii

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission shift lock
control system. The shift lock
control is designed to prevent
movement of the shift lever out of
P (Park), unless the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
applied.
The shift lock control is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 314 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button
again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
dealer or a professional towing
service.

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

193

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

194

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

.

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

Running the Vehicle
While Parked

Automatic
Transmission

It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 191 and
Engine Exhaust 0 193 .
ii

ii

If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 229 .
ii

There are several different positions
for the shift lever.
P : This position locks the front
wheels. It is the best position to use
when you start the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 191 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 229 .
ii

of P (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever and push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park
0 192 .
ii

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.

195

moving, use N (Neutral) only. You
can also use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle is being towed.

{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

Caution

ii

R : Use this gear to back up.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brakes first and then press
the shift lever button before you can
shift from P (Park) when the ignition
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
can be used to rock the vehicle
back and forth to get out of snow,
ice, or sand without damaging your
transmission. See If the Vehicle Is
Stuck 0 182 .
ii

N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart when the vehicle is already

Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

196

Driving and Operating

D : This position is for normal
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power
for passing, and you are:
. Going less than 35 mph
(55 km/h), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
. Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)
or more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
The transmission will shift down
to a lower gear and have more
power.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 179
ii

Caution (Continued)
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
Caution
Driving with the engine at a high
rpm without upshifting while using
Driver Shift Control (DSC), could
damage the vehicle. Always
upshift when necessary while
using DSC.

Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
(Continued)

DSC allows you to shift an
automatic transmission similar to a
manual transmission. To use the
DSC feature:
1. Move the shift lever to the left
from D (Drive) to
M (Manual Mode).

If you do not move the shift
lever forward or rearward, the
vehicle will be in Sport Mode.
When you are in Sport Mode
the vehicle will still shift
automatically. The transmission
may remain in a gear longer
than it would in the normal
driving mode based on braking,
throttle input, and vehicle
lateral acceleration.
SPORT MODE ON will be
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 144 . The word “sport” will
display below the odometer.
The gear position will also be
indicated in the tachometer.
ii

Within Sport Mode there is a
further performance feature
called Performance Mode Lift
Foot (PMLF) Mode. The
feature is activated
automatically when sports
oriented driving is detected,
based on cornering and on/off
throttle application. PMLF
allows the transmission to hold

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
the current gear instead of
upshifting when the throttle is
lifted.
2. To enter M (Manual Mode),
press the shift lever forward to
upshift or rearward to
downshift.
An M will be displayed in
the DIC.
3. To return to Sport Mode from
M (Manual Mode), press and
briefly hold the shift lever
forward.
Gear position is indicated in the
bottom right corner of the display
area in the instrument cluster. The
number indicates the requested
gear range when moving the shift
lever forward or rearward.
While using the DSC feature, the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
shifting. You can use this for sport
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow you
to shift into gears appropriate for the
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
transmission will not automatically
shift to the next lower gear if the
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
engine rpm is reached.
If shifting is prevented for any
reason, the currently selected gear
will flash multiple times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted
gears.

197

Fuel Economy Mode
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. For driving tips to get the
best fuel economy possible, see
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
0 25 .
ii

The vehicle may have a fuel
economy mode. When engaged,
fuel economy mode can improve the
vehicle's fuel economy.

While in the DSC mode, the
transmission will automatically
downshift when the vehicle comes
to a stop. This will allow for more
power during take-off.
When accelerating the vehicle from
a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
you may want to shift into second
gear. A higher gear ratio allows you
to gain more traction on slippery
surfaces.

Pressing the eco button by the shift
lever will engage fuel economy
mode. When activated, the eco light
in the instrument cluster will come

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

198

Driving and Operating

on. See Fuel Economy Light 0 132 .
Pressing the button a second time
will turn fuel economy mode off.
ii

When fuel economy mode is on:
. The transmission will upshift
sooner, and downshift later.
. The torque converter will lock up
sooner, and stay on longer.
. The gas pedal will be less
sensitive.
. The vehicle's computers will
more aggressively shut off fuel
to the engine under deceleration.
. The engine operates at lower
rpm's in fuel economy mode,
which can increase noise and
vibration. This is normal.

Drive Systems

Brakes

All-Wheel Drive

Antilock Brake
System (ABS)

Vehicles with this feature transfer
torque as required to the rear
wheels. It is fully automatic, and
adjusts itself as needed for road
conditions.
AWD system performance will be
automatically reduced when you use
the compact spare. To restore full
AWD operation and prevent
excessive wear on the system,
replace the compact spare with a
full-size tire as soon as possible.
See Compact Spare Tire 0 313 .

This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.

ii

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 128 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

199

Parking Brake

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
switch is on the center console. The
EPB can always be activated, even
if the ignition is off. To prevent
draining the battery, avoid repeated
cycles of the EPB when the engine
is not running.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

200

Driving and Operating

The system has a red parking brake
status light and an amber parking
brake warning light. See Electric
Parking Brake Light 0 128 and
Service Electric Parking Brake Light
0 128 . There are also parking
brake-related Driver Information
Center (DIC) messages. See Brake
System Messages 0 137 . In case of
insufficient electrical power, the EPB
cannot be applied or released.
ii

ii

ii

Before leaving the vehicle, check
the red parking brake status light to
ensure that the parking brake is
applied.

EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
complete stop.
2. Lift up the EPB switch
momentarily.
The red parking brake status light
will flash and then stay on once the
EPB is fully applied. If the red
parking brake status light flashes
continuously, then the EPB is only
partially applied or there is a
problem with the EPB. A DIC

message will display. Release the
EPB and try to apply it again. If the
light does not come on, or keeps
flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
Do not drive the vehicle if the red
parking brake status light is flashing.
See your dealer. See Electric
Parking Brake Light 0 128 .
ii

If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
and hold it up. Continue to hold the
switch until the red parking brake
status light remains on. If the amber
parking brake warning light remains
on, see your dealer.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
held up. If the switch is held up until
the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
The vehicle may automatically apply
the EPB in some situations when
the vehicle is not moving. This is
normal, and is done to periodically
check the correct operation of the
EPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
wheels should be blocked to
prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Place the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
2. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
3. Push down momentarily on the
EPB switch.
The EPB is released when the red
parking brake status light is off.
If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, release the EPB by
pushing down on the EPB switch
and holding it down. Continue to
hold the switch until the red parking
brake status light is off. If either light
stays on after release is attempted,
see your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.

.

Without ACC, the EPB will
automatically release when the
engine is running, the
transmission is placed into gear,
and an attempt is made to drive
away by pressing the
accelerator pedal.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
is pulling a trailer, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 229 .
ii

Automatic EPB Release
The EPB automatically releases
differently on vehicles with and
without Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC). Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
. With ACC, the EPB will
automatically release when the
engine is running, the brake
pedal is applied, and the
transmission is shifted out of
P (Park).

Brake Assist
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has

201

quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

202

Driving and Operating

Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has an HSA feature,
which may be useful when the
vehicle is stopped on a grade
sufficient enough to activate HSA.
This feature is designed to prevent
the vehicle from rolling, either
forward or rearward, during vehicle
drive off. After the driver completely
stops and holds the vehicle in a
complete standstill on a grade, HSA
will be automatically activated.
During the transition period between
when the driver releases the brake
pedal and starts to accelerate to
drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
braking pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. It will not
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
gear and facing downhill, or if the
vehicle is facing uphill and in
R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the

intended path. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 236 .
ii

If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 182
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.

The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If

d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.

Turning the Systems Off
and On

203

To turn off only TCS, press and
release the g button. The traction
off light i displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages 0 144 .
ii

To turn TCS on again, press and
release the g button. The traction
off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off. The
appropriate message is displayed in
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 144 .
ii

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the g button is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the center stack.

Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold the g button until
the traction off light i and the
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on
and stay on in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages 0 144 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

204

Driving and Operating

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release the g
button. The traction off light i and
the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the
instrument cluster turn off. The
appropriate message is displayed in
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 144 .
ii

Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 240 .

Selective Ride Control
The vehicle may have a ride control
system called Selective Ride
Control. The setting can be changed
at any time. Based on road
conditions, steering wheel angle,
and the vehicle speed, the system
automatically adjusts to provide the
best handling while providing a
smooth ride. The Tour and Sport
modes will feel similar on a
smooth road.

ii

Limited-Slip Rear Axle
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle
can give more traction on snow,
mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When
traction is low, this feature allows
the drive wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle. The
limited-slip rear axle also gives the
driver enhanced control when
cornering hard or completing a
maneuver, such as a lane change.

Tour : Use for normal city and
highway driving. This setting
provides a smooth, soft ride.
Sport : Use where road conditions
or personal preference demand
more control. This setting provides
more “feel,” or response to road
conditions through increased
steering effort and suspension
control. Transmission shift points
and shift firmness are also
enhanced.

The vehicle is normally in the Tour
Mode. To switch from Tour Mode to
Sport Mode, move the shift lever to
the left while the transmission is in
D (Drive). Sport Mode is
automatically engaged when the
shift lever is moved to the left.
Moving the shift lever forward or
rearward will put the transmission in
the M (Manual) Mode.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
will display SPORT MODE ON
when the Sport Mode has been
activated. When the shift lever is
moved to the right in D (Drive), the
system will revert back to Tour
Mode. See Manual Mode 0 196 .
ii

If there is a problem detected with
Selective Ride Control, SERVICE
SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays
on the DIC. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 144 . Driving
should be adjusted accordingly.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

Cruise Control
With cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.

If the StabiliTrak® system begins to
limit wheel spin while using cruise
control, the cruise control
automatically disengages. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 202 . If a collision alert
occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 219 . When
road conditions allow the cruise
control to be safely used, you can
apply the cruise control again.
ii

ii

If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.

205

J (On/Off) : Press to turn the
system on and off. A white indicator
appears in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If
there is a set speed in memory,
press the control up briefly to
resume to that speed or press and
hold to accelerate. If cruise control
is already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET− (Set/Coast) : Press the
control down briefly to set the speed
and activate cruise control. If cruise
control is already active, use to
decrease vehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If the J button is on when not in
use, SET− or +RES could get
pressed and the vehicle could go
into cruise when not desired. Keep
the J button off when cruise is not
being used.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

206

Driving and Operating

1. Press J to turn the cruise
system on.

Increasing Speed While Cruise
Control is at a Set Speed

2. Get up to the desired speed.

If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES up until
the vehicle accelerates to the
desired speed, then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press +RES
up briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.

3. Move the control down to SET−
and release it.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator pedal.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
the cruise control has been set to
the desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 119 .
ii

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or * is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press
+RES up briefly. The vehicle returns
to the previous set speed.

.

To slow down in small
increments, press SET− down
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 119 .
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
ii

Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 119 .
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
ii

Reducing Speed While Cruise
Control is at a Set Speed
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold SET− down until
the desired lower speed is
reached, then release it.

Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET− will result in cruise
set to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brake pedal is applied,
the cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

and following gap. Read this entire
section before using this system.
The following gap is the following
time between your vehicle and a
vehicle detected directly ahead in
your path moving in the same
direction. If no vehicle is detected in
your path, ACC works like regular
cruise control. ACC uses camera
and radar sensors. See Radio
Frequency Statement 0 356 .
ii

Adaptive Cruise Control

If a vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC can apply acceleration or
limited, moderate braking to
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If ACC is controlling your vehicle
speed when the traction control
system (TCS) or electronic stabilty
control system activates, the ACC
may automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 202 . When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely
used, the ACC can be turned
back on.

If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
select the cruise control set speed

ACC will not engage if the TCS or
StabiliTrak electronic stability control
system is disabled.

*.

.

Press

.

Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

.

To turn off the cruise control,
press J.

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.

ii

207

{ Warning
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow
the vehicle down enough to avoid
a collision with another vehicle
you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
this section. Complete attention is
always required while driving and
you should be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 177 .
ii

{ Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for
children, pedestrians, animals,
or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
. On winding and hilly roads
or when the sensors are
blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
The system may not detect
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

208

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
a vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle
clean.

.

.

Visibility is low, such as in
fog, rain, or snow
conditions. ACC
performance is limited under
these conditions.
On slippery roads where
fast changes in tire traction
can cause excessive
wheel slip.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn the
system on or off. A white cruise
control indicator comes on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate) :
Press the control up briefly to
resume to the previous set speed or
hold upwards to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET– (Set/Coast) : Press the
control down briefly to set the speed
and activate ACC. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
vehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengage
ACC without erasing the set speed
from memory.

[ (Follow Distance Gap) : Press
to select a following gap time (or
distance) setting for ACC of Far,
Medium, or Near.
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
If cruise control is on when not in
use, the cruise control on/off control
could get pressed and cruise control
could become active when not
desired. Keep the cruise control off
when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for
cruise. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in its
path slower than the set speed.
ACC will not set at a speed less
than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it
can be resumed when driving at
lower speeds.
To set ACC:
1. Press

J.

2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release the SET−
control.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
is detected closer than the selected
following gap.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden.
A warning message will appear
on the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Cruise Control
Messages 0 138 .

The ACC indicator displays on the
instrument cluster. When the ACC is
active, the indicator turns green.
Be mindful of speed limits,
surrounding traffic speeds, and
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied, the
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press
+RES up briefly. The vehicle returns
to the previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While ACC is at
a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
. Use the accelerator to get to the
higher speed. Press SET– down.
Release the control and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the higher
speed.

ii

.

Press and hold +RES up until
the desired set speed appears
on the display, then release it.

.

To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press +RES
up briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster mark on the
speedometer.

When it is determined that there is
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 119 .
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
ii

209

Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Press
SET– down and release the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the lower
speed.
. Press and hold SET− down until
the desired lower speed is
reached, then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
smaller increments, press SET−
down briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
(1 mph) slower mark on the
speedometer.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 119 .
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

210

Driving and Operating

Selecting the Follow Distance
When a slower moving vehicle is
detected ahead within the selected
following gap, ACC will adjust the
vehicle's speed and attempt to
maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press [ on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. When
pressed, the current gap setting
displays briefly on the instrument
cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
the gap button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near.

range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 219 .
ii

Alerting the Driver

When pressed, the current gap
setting displays briefly on the
instrument cluster. The gap setting
will be maintained until it is
changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further
back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider
traffic and weather conditions when
selecting the following gap. The

When this condition occurs, six red
lights will flash on the windshield
and either eight beeps will sound
from the front, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. See “Collision/Detection
Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .
ii

See Defensive Driving 0 177 .
ii

Approaching and Following a
Vehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in the
instrument cluster.

If ACC is engaged, driver action
may be required when ACC cannot
apply sufficient braking because of
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.

The vehicle ahead symbol only
displays when a vehicle is detected
in your vehicle’s path moving in the
same direction.
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
will not respond to or brake to
vehicles ahead.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the
selected follow gap. The vehicle
speed increases or decreases to
follow the vehicle in front of you, but
will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
lights will come on. The automatic
braking may feel or sound different
than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects

{ Warning
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
ahead of you. For example, the
system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected
moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Your vehicle may not stop and
could cause a crash. Use caution
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes.
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage
and the driver will need to manually
apply the brakes to slow the
vehicle when:
. The sensors are blocked.
.

The Traction Control System
(TCS) or electronic stability
control system has activated or
been disabled.

.

There is no traffic and nothing to
detect on the side of the road.

.

There is a fault in the system.

.

The brakes get heated.

211

The ACC active symbol will not be
displayed when ACC is no longer
active.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow time/
distance gap behind a detected
vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
stop behind that vehicle.
If the vehicle ahead has driven
away and ACC has not resumed,
the vehicle ahead symbol will flash
as a reminder. In addition, the left
and right sides of the Safety Alert
Seat will pulse three times, or three
beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”
and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .
ii

When the vehicle ahead drives
away, press +RES or the
accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
If stopped for more than
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver safety belt is
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
applies the electric parking brake to
hold the vehicle. The electric
parking brake status light will turn

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

212

Driving and Operating

on. See Parking Brake 0 199 . To
release the electric parking brake,
press the accelerator pedal.
ii

A DIC warning message may
display indicating to shift to P (Park)
before exiting the vehicle. See
Vehicle Messages 0 137 .

Warning (Continued)
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
the ignition before leaving the
vehicle.

ii

{ Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle,
and if ACC is disengaged, turned
off, or canceled, the vehicle will
no longer be held at a stop. The
vehicle can move. When ACC is
holding the vehicle at a stop,
always be prepared to manually
apply the brakes.

{ Warning
Leaving the vehicle without
placing it in P (Park) can be
dangerous. Do not leave the
vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the
(Continued)

ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a warning message
on the DIC will indicate that
automatic braking will not occur.
See Vehicle Messages 0 137 . ACC
will resume operation when the
accelerator pedal is not being
pressed.
ii

{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed,
especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
ACC may operate differently in a
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.
Other Vehicle Lane Changes

When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens the vehicle ahead
symbol will not appear.

213

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
Ending ACC

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brake may need to be manually
applied.

There are three ways to end ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
.

*.
Press J.

Press

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

214

Driving and Operating

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the back of
the rearview mirror and the radar
sensors on the front of the vehicle
can become blocked by snow, ice,
dirt, or mud. These areas need to
be cleaned for ACC to operate
properly.
For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

System operation may also be
limited under snow, heavy rain or
road spray conditions.

Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.

Warning (Continued)
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
.

Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.

.

Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.

.

Work at all driving speeds.

.

Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.

.

Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.

.

Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 177 .
(Continued)
ii

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .

When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the center stack display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press a
button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

ii

If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 147 .

1. View Displayed by the
Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.

ii

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Parking Assist (FPA), Rear
Automatic Braking (RAB) and
Backing Warning System, and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help
the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.

215

A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show that RPA
has detected an object. This triangle
changes from amber to red and
increases in size the closer the
object.
1. View Displayed by the
Camera

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

216

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Parking Assist
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
as the vehicle moves at speeds of
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid

weather. Blocked sensors will not
detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
slush; and clean sensors after a car
wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning
The Parking Assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
parking assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have a
parking assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for RPA, and on
some vehicles, for FPA. As the
object gets closer, more bars light
up and the bars change color from
yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
five beeps will sound from the front
or rear depending on object
location, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Beeps for FPA are higher pitched
than for RPA.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Backing Warning and Rear
Automatic Braking
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC) have the Backing
Warning and Rear Automatic
Braking (RAB) system. The Backing
Warning part of this system can
warn of rear objects when backing
up at speeds greater than
8 km/h (5 mph).
The Backing Warning System will
beep once from the rear when an
object is first detected, or pulse
twice on both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat. When the system
detects a potential crash, beeps will
be heard from the rear, or five
pulses will be felt on both sides of
the Safety Alert Seat. There may
also be a brief, sharp application of
the brakes.

{ Warning
The Backing Warning System
only operates at speeds greater
than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not
detect children, pedestrians,
(Continued)

217

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
In some situations, such as at
higher backing speeds, there may
not be enough time for the short,
sharp application of the vehicle
brake system to occur. To prevent
injury, death, or vehicle damage,
even with the Backing Warning
System, always check the area
around the vehicle and check all
mirrors before backing.

Rear Automatic Braking may not
avoid many types of backing
crashes. Do not wait for the
automatic braking to apply. This
system is not designed to replace
driver braking and only works in
R (Reverse) when an object is
detected directly behind the
vehicle. It may not brake or stop
in time to avoid a crash. It will not
brake for objects when the
vehicle is moving at very low
speeds. It does not detect
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
animals, or objects below the
bumper or that are too close or
too far from the vehicle. To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with Rear
Automatic Braking, always check
the area around the vehicle
before and while backing.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse)
and if it is backing too fast to avoid
a crash with a detected object
directly behind the vehicle, the Rear
Automatic Braking (RAB) system
may automatically brake hard to a
stop to help avoid or reduce the
harm caused by a backing crash.

Pressing the brake pedal after the
vehicle comes to a stop will release
the Rear Automatic Braking. If the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

218

Driving and Operating

brake pedal is not pressed soon
after the stop, the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) may be set. When it is
safe, press the accelerator pedal
firmly at any time to override the
Rear Automatic Braking.

{ Warning
There may be instances where
unexpected or undesired
automatic braking occurs. If this
happens, either press the brake
pedal or firmly press the
accelerator pedal to release the
brakes from the Rear Automatic
Braking system. Before releasing
the brakes, check the RVC
screen and check the area
around the vehicle to make sure it
is safe to proceed.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA), displays a red warning
triangle with a left or right pointing
arrow on the RVC screen to warn of
traffic coming from the left or right.
This system detects objects coming

from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
or right side of the vehicle. When an
object is detected, either three
beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
on the direction of the detected
vehicle.
Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.

comes on when the features are on
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.
Turn off parking assist and Rear
Automatic Braking when towing a
trailer.
To turn the RPA symbols or rear
guidance lines on or off, see "Rear
Camera" under Vehicle
Personalization 0 147 .
ii

RCTA can be turned on or off
through vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

Turning the Features On or Off

Assistance Systems for
Driving

The X button near the shift lever
is used to turn on or off the Front
and Rear Parking Assist, Rear
Automatic Braking, and Backing
Warning System at the same time.
The indicator light next to the button

If equipped, when driving the
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Side
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), and/or the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System can help to avoid a crash or
reduce crash damage.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System

Warning (Continued)

If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
FCA also lights an amber visual
alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to
distances of approximately 110 m
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.
See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 207 .
ii

{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)

stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving 0 177 .
ii

FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control, or if your
vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Cruise Control (ACC), through
vehicle personalization. See the
“Auto Collision Preparation” portion
of “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 147 .
ii

219

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.

{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

220

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.

the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
Tailgating Alert

Collision Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely.
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [ on the
steering wheel to set the FCA timing
to far, medium, near, or on some
vehicles, off. The first button press
shows the current setting on the
DIC. Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the farther away the alert will occur.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield in front of
the camera sensor on the back of
the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
front of the vehicle where radar
sensors are located (if equipped
with ACC), may correct the issue.

Front Automatic Braking
(FAB) System
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC), it also has FAB,
which includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
lessen the severity of crashes when
driving in a forward gear. Depending
on the situation, the vehicle may
automatically brake moderately or
hard. This front automatic braking
can only occur if a vehicle is
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 219 .
ii

The system works when driving in a
forward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).

221

{ Warning
FAB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on FAB to brake the
vehicle. FAB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
FAB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
. Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

222

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
FAB may slow the vehicle to a
complete stop to try to avoid a
potential crash. If this happens, FAB
may engage the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
stop. To release automatic braking,
release the EPB or firmly press the
accelerator pedal.

{ Warning
FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override FAB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
released.

{ Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.
FAB and IBA can be disabled
through vehicle personalization. See
“Auto Collision Preparation” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
ii

{ Warning
Using FAB or IBA while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Off when
towing a trailer.

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas. The
SBZA warning display will light up in
the corresponding outside side
mirror and will flash if the turn signal
is on.

{ Warning
SBZA does not alert the driver to
vehicles rapidly approaching
outside of the side blind zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
or animals. It may not provide
alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before
making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn
signals.
SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
zone starts at approximately the
middle of the vehicle and goes back
5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone. This indicates it may be
unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, check the
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance
over your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.

Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display

223

When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror SBZA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
that blind zone. If the turn signal is
activated in the same direction of a
detected vehicle, this display will
flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes.
SBZA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 147 .
If SBZA is disabled by the driver,
the SBZA mirror displays will not
light up.
ii

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
SBZA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The SBZA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

224

Driving and Operating

trailer. SBZA may alert to objects
attached to the vehicle, such as a
trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle. This
is normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
SBZA may not always alert the
driver to vehicles in the side blind
zone, especially in wet conditions.
The system does not need to be
serviced. The system may light up
due to guardrails, signs, trees,
shrubs, and other non-moving
objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right
corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care
0 321 . If the DIC displays the
system unavailable message after
cleaning both sides of the vehicle
toward the rear corners of the
vehicle, see your dealer.
ii

If the SBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone
and the system is clean, the system
may need service. Take the vehicle
to your dealer.
When SBZA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
option will not be available on the
personalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .
ii

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane
without using a turn signal in that
direction. LDW uses a camera
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater.

{ Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
. Provide enough time to
avoid a crash.
. Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
. Detect road edges.
.

Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.

If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.

How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press @
near the shift lever. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green if
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction, @
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
three times, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
. Close vehicles ahead.
.

Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.

.

Banked roads.

225

If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

226

Driving and Operating

Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

octane rating below 87, as it may
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
long periods of time, driving or
starting could be affected. Drive the
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels

Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an

Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.

Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane
racing gasolines, can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
MMT as they can reduce spark plug
life and affect emission control
system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp may turn
on. If this occurs, see your dealer
for service.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

California Fuel
Requirements

Fuels in Foreign
Countries

If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 125 .
If this occurs, return to your
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
is determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper
fuel would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

ii

227

Filling the Tank

{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.

To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.

.

Turn off the engine when
refueling.

.

Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.

.

Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.

.

Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.

.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.

.

Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)

Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 226 .
ii

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

228

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

.

Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.

doors are locked. Press K on the
RKE transmitter to unlock. To open
the fuel door, push and release the
rearward center edge of the door.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
While refueling, hang the tethered
fuel cap from the hook on the
fuel door.

ii

{ Warning

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.

If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.

.

The fuel cap is located behind a
hinged fuel door on the passenger
side of the vehicle. If equipped, the
fuel door is locked when the vehicle

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks once. Make
sure the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 125 .

Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125 .

Warning (Continued)
.

Place the container on the
ground.

.

Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.

.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

ii

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

{ Warning

229

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 317 . For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 317 .
ii

Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
containers.
. Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
(Continued)

.

.

Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.
Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

ii

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

230
.

Driving and Operating

Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.

.

Then, during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.

.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.

.

Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when towing.

.

The Front Automatic Braking
System should be set to Off
when towing. See Front
Automatic Braking (FAB) System
0 221 .
ii

.

Turn off Parking Assist when
towing.

{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
. Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.
For information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust
0 193 .
ii

Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
Towing with a Stability Control
System

Backing Up

When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.

Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

Following Distance

Making Turns

Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.

Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.

231

When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees, or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The turn signal indicators on the
instrument cluster flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes, or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

232

Driving and Operating

Driving on Grades

Parking on Hills

Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 254 .
ii

{ Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb
the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
. Start the engine.
.

Shift into a gear.

.

Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

233

Maintenance When Trailer
Towing

Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing

Weight of the Trailer

The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See the
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.

The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
0 254 .

It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and
how much the vehicle is used to pull
a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section.

ii

Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

ii

Trailer Towing
Before pulling a trailer, there are
three important considerations that
have to do with weight:
. The weight of the trailer.
.

The weight of the trailer tongue.

.

The total weight on the vehicle's
tires.

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the
required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

234

Driving and Operating

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.
Maximum Trailer
Weight

GCWR*

Maximum Tongue
Weight

3.6L Engine, FWD without Trailering
Package

1 134 kg (2,500 lb)

3 185 kg (7,022 lb)

113 kg (250 lb)

3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package

1 588 kg (3,500 lb)

3 640 kg (8,025 lb)

159 kg (350 lb)

3.6L Engine, AWD without Trailering
Package

1 134 kg (2,500 lb)

3 270 kg (7,209 lb)

113 kg (250 lb)

3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package

1 588 kg (3,500 lb)

3 725 kg (8,212 lb)

159 kg (350 lb)

Vehicle

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,

equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 for more
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1) should
weigh 10-15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2).
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight.
It is important that the vehicle does
not exceed any of its ratings —
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the upper limit for cold
tires. These numbers can be found
on the Certification label or see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 . Make
sure not to go over the GVW limit
for the vehicle, or the GAWR,
including the weight of the trailer
tongue. If using a weight distributing
hitch, make sure not to go over the
rear axle limit before applying the
weight distribution spring bars.
ii

.

235

Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If there
are, then be sure to seal the
holes later when the hitch is
removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) from the
exhaust can get into the vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust 0 193 .
ii

Hitch Cover

Towing Equipment
Hitches
It is important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads
are a few reasons why the right
hitch is needed.
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.

To remove the hitch cover,
if equipped:
1. Turn the fasteners on the lower
tabs 90 degrees
counterclockwise.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

236

Driving and Operating

2. Lift the lower edge of the cover
about 45 degrees.
3. Pull the cover downward to
disengage the upper
attachments.
To reinstall the hitch cover:
1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree
angle to the vehicle and push
the upper tabs in the hitch
cover into the slots in the
fascia.
2. Move the bottom of the cover
forward until the lower tabs line
up with the lower fascia slots.
3. Snap the hitch cover into place
by pushing the upper corners
forward.
4. Turn the fasteners on the lower
tabs 90 degrees clockwise to
lock the cover in place.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Always leave just enough slack so
the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
The vehicle has a TSC feature as
part of the StabiliTrak system.
If TSC detects that the trailer is
swaying, the vehicle's brakes are
automatically applied.

Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have
its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If you do, both brake
systems will not work well, or at all.

When TSC is applying the brakes,
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce
speed. If the trailer continues to
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine
torque to help slow the vehicle.
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is
turned off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 202 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Driving and Operating

Conversions and
Add-Ons

Caution

Add-On Electrical
Equipment

{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service
and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 125 .
A device connected to the DLC —
such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
ii

Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 79 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 79 .
ii

ii

237

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

238

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

239
239
239
240

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 246
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 247
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 254
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 256
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Battery - North America . . . . . . 259
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 260
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 261
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 262

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . .
Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . .

263
263
263
264
267
268
269
270

Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . .
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

270
271
271
274

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 280
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 297

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . .

298
298
300
307
307
313

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

239

of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
and systems, many fluids, and
some component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals.
See Battery - North America 0 259
and Jump Starting - North America
0 314 .

ii

ii

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements

Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

California Proposition
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, contain and/or
emit chemicals known to the State

Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

240

Vehicle Care

Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79 .

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.

ii

If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 355 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 79 .

241

Hood
To open the hood:

ii

Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 342 .
ii

Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

1. Pull the release handle with the
above symbol on it. It is
located below the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel.

2. Move the secondary hood
release lever up to release the
striker. The lever is located
near the middle of the hood.
3. Lift the hood.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
the filler caps are on properly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

242

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 247 .
ii

2. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap (Under Engine Cover).
See Power Steering Fluid
0 256 .
ii

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 243 .
ii

11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal
(Out of View). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 314 .
ii

12. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 271 .
ii

13. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 256 .
ii

4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of
View). See Engine Oil 0 243 .

Engine Cover

ii

5. Engine Cover 0 243 .
ii

6. Transmission Fluid Cap and
Dipstick (Out of View). See
Automatic Transmission Fluid
0 247 .
ii

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes 0 257 .
ii

8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant 0 249 .
ii

9. Battery (Out of View). See
Battery - North America 0 259 .
ii

10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 314 .
ii

1. Oil Fill Cap
2. Engine Cover Bolt
3. Engine Cover

To remove:
1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).

243

2. Remove the engine cover
bolt (2).
3. Raise the engine cover (3) to
release from the retainers.
4. Lift and remove the engine
cover.
5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
engine cover.

Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

244
.

Vehicle Care

Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 246 .
ii

.

Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.

Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 for the location of the engine
oil dipstick.
ii

1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and
check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine

oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications
0 344 .
ii

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when finished.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.

Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it
is recommended to select an oil of
the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.

245

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

246

Vehicle Care

trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages 0 140 .
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
ii

system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and at this time the system must be
reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Using the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel, display REMAINING
OIL LIFE on the DIC. See

Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 134 . When remaining oil life
is low, the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message will
appear on the display. See
Engine Oil Messages 0 140 .
ii

ii

2. Press SEL on the DIC controls
and hold SEL down for a few
seconds to clear the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message
and reset the oil life at 100%.
Be careful not to reset the oil
life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is
changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil
change.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal three times
within five seconds.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message is not on, the
system is reset.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
The system is reset when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message is off.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule 0 332 , and be sure to use
the fluid listed in Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

ii

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter.
ii

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 332 .
ii

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.

1. Air Duct Clamp
2. Electrical Connector
3. Retaining Clips

247

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

248

Vehicle Care
4. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2). First, remove the
connector lock clip at the
bottom of the connector, then
press on the top and bottom of
the connector to remove.
5. Lift the retaining clips (3) on the
air filter housing.

1. Cover Cut Outs
2. Air Filter Tabs

To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 241 .
ii

2. Locate the air filter housing on
the front passenger side of the
engine compartment. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 .
ii

3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (1).

6. Tilt and lift the cover slightly
upward and slide the cover
away from outside edge of the
vehicle. Remove the air filter.
7. To install the air filter, place
filter inside box where the
pleats fit in between the tabs
inside the lower box. Ensure
that the cover cut outs (1) on
both sides match the air filter
tabs (2) on both sides.
8. Replace air cleaner cover by
inserting the four tabs into the
slots. Lower cover to meet
bottom of the box. Attach the
retaining clips (3).
9. Reconnect outlet duct to the
cover and tighten the air duct
clamp (1).

10. Reconnect the electrical
connector (2). Install connector
lock clip to the bottom of the
connector.

{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Cooling System

If the coolant inside the coolant
surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked on a
level surface.
The coolant level should be
between the MIN and MAX lines.
If it is not, the vehicle may have a
leak at the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump,
or somewhere else in the cooling
system.

{ Warning
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap

{ Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.

Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.

249

engine is overheating, the fan
should be running. If it is not, the
vehicle needs service. Turn off the
engine.

Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant needs to be
checked and replaced at
appropriate intervals. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
ii

If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to see if the
engine cooling fan is running. If the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

250

Vehicle Care

The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 254 .
ii

What to Use

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.
. Protects against rust and
corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
.

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.

Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
The coolant surge tank is located in
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 .
ii

How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
Caution

Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else
until it cools down. If coolant is
visible but the coolant level mark is
not visible, you can use the top rib
on the middle of the coolant
surge tank as a reference to add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done. See Engine
Overheating 0 254 .
ii

This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.

251

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

252

Vehicle Care
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the
indicated level mark.

Warning (Continued)
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator
hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan.

Caution
In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core, and other parts. Use
the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you
hear a hiss, wait for that to
stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented
out the discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.

By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
indicated level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1-6.
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system
cools down again, see your
dealer.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant needs to be
checked and replaced at
appropriate intervals. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
ii

The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 254 .
ii

Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank. If coolant is visible but
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
cool before you do it.

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
(Continued)

253

Warning (Continued)
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

254

Vehicle Care
Caution

In cold weather, water can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core, and other parts. Use
the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about
one-quarter of a turn. If you
hear a hiss, wait for that to

stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented
out the discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the
indicated level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until you
can feel the upper radiator
hose getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
indicated level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system
cools down again, see your
dealer.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant
temperature warning light on the
vehicle's instrument cluster. See
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 122 .
ii

If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
but instead get service help right
away. See Roadside Service 0 349 .
ii

If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.

Warning (Continued)
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.

Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

{ Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
(Continued)

If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.

Stops after high-speed driving.

.

Idles for long periods in traffic.

.

Tows a trailer.

255

If the overheat warning displays with
no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

256

Vehicle Care

If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.

Power Steering Fluid

How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the engine off and let the
engine compartment
cool down.
2. Remove the engine cover,
if required. See Engine Cover
0 243 .
ii

3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 for reservoir location.
ii

When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless a
leak is suspected in the system or
unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss
in this system could indicate a
problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.

What to Use
Caution
Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 . Always use the
proper fluid.
ii

5. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it.
6. Remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.
The level should be within the HOT
mark. If necessary, add only enough
fluid to bring the level within
the mark.

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is
needed, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Adding Washer Fluid
The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID message appears on the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
when the fluid level is low. See
Washer Fluid Messages 0 146 .

Caution (Continued)
.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.

.

Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.

ii

Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid up to
the fill mark. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 242 for
reservoir location.

.

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.

.

Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

ii

Caution
.

Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
(Continued)

257

Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

258

Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 344 .

performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.

Brake Fluid

ii

Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid as indicated on the
reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 242 for
the location of the reservoir.
ii

Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

259

{ Warning

{ Warning

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.

WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 239 .

Caution
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 127 .
ii

Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .
ii

What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.

Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a
new battery is needed.

ii

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 314 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

260

Vehicle Care

Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
Under normal driving conditions,
transfer case fluid does not require
maintenance unless there is a fluid
leak or unusual noise. If required,
have the transfer case serviced by
your dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.

1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.

1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking.
It is a good idea to clean or replace
the wiper blade assembly on a
regular basis or when worn. For
proper windshield wiper blade
length and type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 341 .

261

Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.

ii

Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
2. Press the button in the middle
of the wiper arm connector,
and pull the wiper blade away
from the arm connector.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

262

Vehicle Care

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To remove the wiper blade:

The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection. The
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced.

Driver Assistance Systems

To remove the cover:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from
the window.
1. Slide a plastic tool under the
cover and push upward to
unsnap.
2. Slide the cover toward the
wiper blade tip to unhook it
from the blade assembly.
3. Remove the cover.
4. After wiper blade replacement,
ensure that the cover hook
slides into the slot in the blade
assembly.
5. Snap the cover down to
secure.

Windshield Replacement

2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.

When a windshield replacement is
needed and the vehicle is equipped
with a front-looking camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems,
the windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
these systems to work properly. If it
is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
these systems. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 141 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming

Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.

For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
0 270 .

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

ii

For any bulb changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.

263

High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting

{ Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

264

Vehicle Care

Headlamps

{ Warning

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (Rear
View Driver Side)
Base Headlamp Assembly (Rear
View Passenger Side)
1. Low-Beam Headlamp/
Daytime Running
Lamp (DRL)
2. High-Beam Headlamp
3. Turn Signal Lamp

1. High/Low-Beam Headlamp
(To be replaced at
dealer only)
2. Daytime Running
Lamp (DRL)
3. Turn Signal Lamp

Driver Side
The removal of the underhood
electrical center cover is required for
the replacement of one of these
bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 241 .
ii

Liquids from environment or
spillage and/or tools placed on
top of or used in the underhood
electrical center while the cover is
removed can pose a risk of
electrical shock/burn to anyone in
the vicinity. These conditions can
also cause damage to electrical
components on the vehicle. Keep
liquids and tools away from the
underhood electrical center when
the cover is removed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
2. Unlatch the three clips and lift
up the underhood electrical
center cover to remove.

265

Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL),
High-Beam Headlamps (Base)

Passenger Side
The removal of the air filter/cleaner
assembly and base is required for
the replacement of one of these
bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 241 .
ii

2. Remove the air cleaner/filter
cover. See Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter 0 247 .

2. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove
the bottom cap to replace the
high-beam headlamp bulb.

ii

3. Lift the air cleaner/filter
assembly base to disengage
from the three pins.

1. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove
the top cap to replace the
low-beam headlamp/DRL bulb.

3. Disconnect the electrical
connector.
4. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp assembly.
5. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.
6. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.
7. Connect the electrical
connector.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

266

Vehicle Care

8. Install the cap with the down
arrow pointing down in the
back of the headlamp
assembly.

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
(Uplevel)

7. Install the cap with the down
arrow pointing down in the
back of the headlamp
assembly.

9. For the driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching the three
clips.

8. For the driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching the three
clips.

10. For the passenger side,
reinstall the air filter/cleaner
assembly base by pushing to
seat. Verify the base is seated
securely, then install the engine
air filter/cleaner assembly.

High/Low-Beam Headlamps
(Uplevel)
The high/low-beam headlamps on
the uplevel are High Intensity
Discharge (HID) and should be
replaced by your dealer.

6. Connect the electrical
connector.

9. For the passenger side,
reinstall the air filter/cleaner
assembly base by pushing to
seat. Verify the base is seated
securely, then install the engine
air filter/cleaner assembly.

1. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove
the bottom cap to replace the
DRL bulb.

Front Turn Signal Lamp (Base
and Uplevel)

2. Disconnect the electrical
connector.

To replace the front turn
signal lamp:

3. Remove the DRL bulb socket
from the headlamp assembly.
4. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.
5. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.

1. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly.
2. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb from the socket.
3. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

267

4. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.
5. For the driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching the three
clips.
6. For the passenger side,
reinstall the air filter/cleaner
assembly base by pushing to
seat. Verify the base is seated
securely, then install the engine
air filter/cleaner assembly.

Turn Signal Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 37 .
ii

2. Remove the push pin (1) on
the taillamp cover (2).

4. Remove the two screws from
the taillamp assembly.

3. Remove the taillamp cover
from the lamp assembly by
pulling rearward from the top to
unfasten the snap tabs.

5. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

268

Vehicle Care

Back-Up Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 37 .
ii

6. Turn the turn signal lamp bulb
socket counterclockwise to
remove it from the taillamp
assembly.
7. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
8. Press a new bulb into the
socket, insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.
11. Push the push pin to secure
the taillamp cover.

4. Remove the two screws from
the taillamp assembly.
5. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
2. Remove the push pin (1) on
the taillamp cover (2).
3. Remove the taillamp cover
from the lamp assembly by
pulling rearward from the top to
unfasten from the snap tabs.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

269

License Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 37 .
ii

6. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the back-up
bulb/socket assembly.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).

7. Turn the back-up bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the taillamp assembly.

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket.

8. Install a new bulb/socket
assembly into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb/
socket clockwise until it clicks.
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.
11. Push the push pin to secure
the taillamp cover.

Passenger Side Shown, Driver
Side Similar
2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
3. Turn the lamp assembly down
to remove it from the liftgate.

6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install into the
lamp assembly.
7. Turn the lamp assembly into
the liftgate, engaging the clip
side first.
8. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

270

Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp

Bulb
Number

Back-up Lamp

Hyperclick
PH16W

Daytime
Running Lamp

7443 ULL

Headlamp
High-Beam

9005LL

Headlamp
Low-Beam

H11LL

License Plate Lamp

W5WLL

Turn Signal Front

7444NA

Tail/Turn
Signal Rear

7440

For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.

Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.

Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block 0 271 ,
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 274 ,
and Rear Compartment Fuse Block
0 276 .
ii

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
To remove the fuse block cover,
press the clips on the cover and lift
it straight up.

Caution

ii

To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.

ii

271

Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

272

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
J-Case Fuses
Usage
6

Wiper

12

Vacuum Pump

24

Antilock Brake
System Pump

J-Case Fuses

Usage

Usage

1

Engine Control
Module Battery

2

Transmission Control
Module Battery

5

Engine Control
Module Run Crank

7

Post-Catalytic
Converter O2 Sensor

8

Pre-Catalytic
Converter O2 Sensor

9

Engine Control
Module Powertrain

10

Fuel Injectors – Even

11

Fuel Injectors – Odd

13

Washer

25

Rear Electrical
Center 1

14

Heated Steering
Wheel

26

Rear Electrical
Center 2

15

Not Used

16

41

Cooling Fan 2

42

Starter

Instrument Cluster/
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp/Ignition

45

Cooling Fan 1

17

Air Quality Sensor

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Usage

Mini Fuses

Usage

Mini Relays

273

Usage

18

Not Used

53

Headlamp Level

7

Powertrain

19

Transmission Control
Module Run Crank

54

Sensing Diagnostic
Module Ignition

9

Cooling Fan 2

13

Cooling Fan 1

20

Rear Electrical
Center Run Crank

55

High-Beam
Headlamp – Right

15

Run/Crank

30

Switch Back Light

56

32

Battery Sense
(Regulated Voltage
Control)

High-Beam
Headlamp – Left

Micro
Relays

57

Ignition Steering
Column Lock

2

Vacuum Pump

4

Wiper Control

5

Wiper Speed

Usage

33

Adaptive Forward
Lighting

65

Trailer Right
Stoplamp

35

Electronic Brake
Control Module

66

Trailer Left Stoplamp

10

Starter

67

Spare

12

Cool Fan 3

36

Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch

68

Spare

14

Low Beam/HID

46

Low-Beam Headlamp
– Right

69

Spare

70

Spare

U Micro
Relays

71

Spare

3

72

Spare

Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch

8

Not Used

47

Low-Beam Headlamp
– Left

50

Front Fog Lamps

51

Horn

52

Fuel System Control
Module

Usage

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

274

Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block

The instrument panel fuse block is
located in the center console
between the driver and passenger
seats. To access the fuses, open
the fuse panel door from the
passenger side by pulling it out.
To reinstall the door, push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses

Usage

Mini Fuses

Usage

DISPLY

Display

RAIN SNSR

Rain Sensor

S/ROOF

Sunroof

BCM 6

Universal
Handsfree Phone
(If Equipped)

Body Control
Module 6

ESCL

Electronic Steering
Column Lock

AIRBAG

Sensing and
Diagnostic Module

UHP

RDO
APO –
IP/CNSL

Radio
Auxiliary Power
Outlet – Instrument
Panel/Console

APO – CNSL Auxiliary Power
Outlet – Floor
Console

DLC
IPC
STR
WHL SW

Data Link
Connector
Instrument Cluster
Steering Wheel
Switch

BCM 1

Body Control
Module 3

BCM 3

Body Control
Module 1

BCM 4

Body Control
Module 4

BCM 2

Body Control
Module 2

BCM 7

Body Control
Module 7

AMP/RDO

ONSTAR

OnStar® System
(If Equipped)

HVAC

Amplifier/Radio
Heating Ventilation
& Air Conditioning

J-Case
Fuses

Usage

BCM 8

Body Control
Module 8

FRT BLWR

Front Blower

Relays

275

Usage

LOGIC RLY/ Logistics Relay/
SHUNT
Shunt
RAP/
ACCY RLY

Retained
Accessory Power/
Accessory Relay

Breakers

Usage

HTR DR

Heated Driver Seat

HTR PAS

Heated
Passenger Seat

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

276

Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse
Block

The rear compartment fuse block is
in the cargo area, on the driver side
of the vehicle behind the lower trim
panel. To open, turn the latch with a
flat bladed tool and pull the trim
panel from the edges to fold it down.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Usage

Fuses

AOS MDL

Automatic Occupant
Sensing Module

IGN/
THEFT 1

Ignition/Theft 1

REAR
DEFOG

AUX PWR

Auxiliary Power
Outlet

IGN/
THEFT 2

Ignition/Theft 2

REAR
HTD SEAT

* BCM
THEFT
CAMERA
CNSTR
VENT

Body Control
Module Theft
Rear Vision Camera
Canister Vent

DRV
Driver Power Seat
PWR SEAT
EOCM/
SBZA

EMPTY
FRT
HTD SEAT

External Object
Calculating Module/
Side Blind Zone
Alert
Not Used
Front Heated Seats

FRT
Front Ventilated
VENT SEAT Seats
FUEL
PUMP
HTD MIR

Fuel Pump
Heated Mirror

Usage

Fuses

Fuses

INFOTMNT Infotainment

277

Usage
Rear Defog
Rear Heated Seats

REAR/WPR Rear Wiper

Liftgate

RT WDO

Right Window

LGM

Liftgate Module

RPA MDL

LGM
LOGIC

Liftgate Module
Logic

Rear Parking Assist
Module

* L/GATE

MDL TRLR Trailer Module
MIR
WDO MDL

Mirror Window
Module

PRK
BRK MDL

Park Brake Module

PASS DR
WDO SW

Passenger Door
Window Switch

PASS DR Passenger/Driver
PWR SEAT Power Seats
PRK
LPS TRLR

Trailer Park Lamps

RDM

Rear Drive Module

SADS MDL Semi Active
Damping System
Module
* SEC

Security

SHUNT

Shunt

SPARE

Not Used

SPARE
FUSES

Spare Fuses

* TRLR EXP Trailer Export
TRLR
* TRLR 2
UGDO

Trailer Module
Trailer 2
Universal Garage
Door Opener

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

278

Vehicle Care

Fuses
VICS

WNDO

Usage
Vehicle Information
Communications
System (Export)
Power Window

Relays

Usage

DEFOG
REAR

Rear Window
Defogger

* FUEL
PUMP

Fuel Pump

LOGIC

Logistic Relay
(Export)

* RUN RLY Run Relay
SPARE
WPR
CONTRL

Wheels and Tires
Tires

.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.

.

Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.

.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.

Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ Warning
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 182 .

Not Used
Wiper Control

*Denotes uplevel content.

Warning (Continued)

ii

(Continued)

(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

All-Season Tires

Warning (Continued)
.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

.

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation 0 287 for
inflation pressure adjustment for
high-speed driving.
ii

This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 279 .
ii

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased

279

traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 293 .
ii

With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

280

Vehicle Care

tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Summer Tires
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. It is recommended
that winter tires be installed on the
vehicle if frequent driving at
temperatures below approximately
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
covered roads is expected. See
Winter Tires 0 279 .
ii

Caution
High performance summer tires
have rubber compounds that lose
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below −7 °C
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
(20 °F). Always store high
performance summer tires
indoors and at temperatures
above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
use. If the tires have been
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
24 hours or more before being
installed or driving a vehicle on
which they are installed. Do not
apply heat or blow heated air
directly on the tires. Always
inspect tires before use. See Tire
Inspection 0 291 .
ii

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week (01–
52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).

281

The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 295 .
ii

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire 0 313 and If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 298 .
ii

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

282

Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure
0 285 .
ii

(6) Tire Size : A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.

283

Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 285 .
ii

Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

284

Vehicle Care

GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 182 .
ii

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 .
ii

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 .

Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.

ii

Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 182 .
ii

Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 285 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 182 .
ii

ii

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 293 .
ii

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 295 .

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.

ii

Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 182 .
ii

285

Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:

Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.

.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 182 .

.

Poor handling.

.

Reduced fuel economy.

ii

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.

Unusual wear.
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

286

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

.

Poor handling.

.

Rough ride.

.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire 0 313 .
ii

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 .
ii

How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.

How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.

If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation

{ Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts
additional strain on tires.
Sustained high-speed driving
causes excessive heat buildup
and can cause sudden tire failure.
This could cause a crash, and
you or others could be killed.
Some high-speed rated tires
require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
to be driven at high speeds, make
sure the tires are rated for
high-speed operation, are in
excellent condition, and are set to
the correct cold tire inflation
pressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/65R18, P235/
55R20, or 235/55R20 size tires
require inflation pressure adjustment
when driving the vehicle at speeds
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.
Set the cold inflation pressure to the
maximum inflation pressure shown
on the tire sidewall, or 260 kPa
(38 psi), whichever is lower. Return
the tires to the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure when
high-speed driving has ended. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 and Tire
Pressure 0 285 .
ii

ii

The maximum load and inflation
pressure is molded on the tire
sidewall, in small letters, near the
rim flange. It will read something like
this: Maximum load
690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi)
Max. Press.

Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor

287

the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

288

Vehicle Care

lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire

pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 288 .
ii

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .
ii

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in

the tires and transmits the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
on the instrument cluster. If the
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 182 .
ii

A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 134 .
ii

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information
label, attached to your vehicle,
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 182 , for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 285 .
ii

ii

The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 291 , Tire Rotation 0 292 and
Tires 0 278 .
ii

ii

ii

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
use a GM approved liquid tire
sealant. Using non-approved tire
sealants could damage the TPMS
sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 300 for
information regarding the inflator kit
materials and instructions.
ii

TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire warning light flashes for

289

about one minute and then stays on
for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the problem
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.
. The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

290
.

.

Vehicle Care

One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 293 .
ii

.

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message comes on
and stays on.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor matching process
should also be performed after
replacing a spare tire with a road
tire containing the TPMS sensor.
The malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Sensor Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Place the vehicle power mode
in ON/RUN/START. See
Ignition Positions 0 187 .
ii

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
info display option is turned on.
The info displays on the DIC
can be turned on and off
through the Settings menu.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 134 .
ii

4. Use the five-way DIC control
on the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen under the DIC
info page. See Driver
Information Center (DIC)
0 134 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
5. Press and hold SEL in the
center of the five-way DIC
control.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.

10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat Step 7. The
horn sounds two times to
indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.

7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.

11. Shut the ignition off.

8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat Step 7.

We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.

9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat Step 7.

12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Tire Inspection

291

Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

.

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

.

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

292

Vehicle Care

Tire Rotation

Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 344 .

Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 332 .

ii

ii

{ Warning

Tires are rotated to achieve a
more uniform wear for all tires.
The first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 293 and Wheel
Replacement 0 297 .
ii

ii

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 285 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 182 .
ii

ii

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 288 .
ii

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection 0 291 and Tire Rotation
0 292 .
ii

ii

The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free

293

of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

294

Vehicle Care

vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 280 .

necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.

ii

GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 292 . However, if it is
ii

{

Warning

Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.

{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 287 .
ii

The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 182 .
ii

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 293 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 240 .
ii

ii

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway

295

Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

296

Vehicle Care

Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:

norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A

The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.

All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the

Traction

Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance

to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance

Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.

The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.

Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.

297

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

298

Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
0 278 . If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if there is ever a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
and what to do:
ii

If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 161 .
ii

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:

Warning (Continued)
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
This vehicle may come with a jack
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
equipment to change a spare tire
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing 0 307 . To
use the tire sealant and compressor
kit, see Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 300 .
ii

1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)

299

ii

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire

The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

300

Vehicle Care

Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit

{ Warning
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness
and even death. Never run the
engine in an enclosed area that
has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
Exhaust 0 193 .
ii

{ Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended
pressure.

{

Warning

Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles
there may not be a place to store
a tire.
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Service
0 349 .
ii

Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
5. Tire Sealant Canister
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.

301

Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
Follow the directions closely for
correct sealant usage.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

302

Vehicle Care
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Tire Sealant Canister
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Air Only Hose (Black)
Power Plug
Canister Release Button
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 161 .

3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem
is positioned close to the
ground so the hose will
reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
clockwise until it is tight.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 116 .
ii

ii

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 298 for
other important safety warnings.
ii

Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button

1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 307 .
ii

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)
and the power plug (8).

If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the
cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using
the air compressor.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
8. Press and turn the selector
switch (1) counterclockwise to
the Sealant + Air position.
9. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (3) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
the sealant into the tire. Once
the sealant is completely
dispersed into the tire, the
pressure will quickly drop and
start to rise again as the tire
inflates with air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 285 .
ii

The pressure gauge (3) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.

Caution
If the recommended pressure
cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Service 0 349 .
ii

303

11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire,
therefore, Steps 12–18 must be
done immediately after
Step 11.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
14. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
15. Replace the sealant/air hose
(6), and the power plug (8)
back in their original location.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

304

Vehicle Care

16. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation
pressure, remove the
maximum speed label from the
sealant canister (5) and place it
in a highly visible location. Do
not exceed the speed on this
label until the damaged tire is
repaired or replaced.
17. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
18. Immediately drive the vehicle
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
19. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the
Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Tire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallen
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Service 0 349 .
ii

If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
20. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire, and vehicle.
21. Dispose of the used sealant
canister (5) and sealant/air
hose (6) assembly at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.

22. Replace with a new canister
assembly available from your
dealer.
23. After temporarily sealing the
tire using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit without
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
Punctured)
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant:

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Tire Sealant Canister
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Air Only Hose (Black)
Power Plug
Canister Release Button
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 161 .
ii

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 298 for
other important safety warnings.
ii

1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 307 .
ii

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)
and the power plug (8).
3. Place the kit on the ground.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button

Make sure the tire valve stem
is positioned close to the
ground so the hose will
reach it.

305

4. Remove the tire valve stem
cap from the flat tire by turning
it counterclockwise.
5. Attach the air only hose (7)
onto the tire valve stem by
turning it clockwise until it is
tight.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 116 .
ii

If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the
cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using
the air compressor.
8. Press and turn the selector
switch (1) clockwise to the Air
Only position.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

306

Vehicle Care

9. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the compressor on.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 285 .
ii

The pressure gauge (3) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate reading. The
compressor may be turned on/
off until the correct pressure is
reached.
If you inflate the tire higher
than the recommended
pressure you can adjust the
excess pressure by pressing
the pressure deflation
button (4) until the proper
pressure reading is reached.

This option is only functional
when using the air only
hose (7).
11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Disconnect the air only hose
(7) from the tire valve stem, by
turning it counterclockwise, and
replace the tire valve stem cap.
14. Replace the air only hose (7)
and the power plug (8) and
cord back in its original
location.
15. Place the equipment in the
original storage location in the
vehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kit
has an accessory adapter located in
a compartment on the bottom of its
housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister
To remove the sealant canister:
1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
2. Press the canister release
button (9).
3. Pull up and remove the
canister.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
4. Replace with a new canister
which is available from your
dealer.
5. Push the new canister into
place.

Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit

vehicle has a cargo cover, see
Cargo Management System 0 104
for instructions on how to access
the tire sealant and compressor kit.
ii

307

To access the spare tire and tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 37 .
ii

Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools

2. Press on the bottom of the
handle assembly to unlatch it
and lift up on the handle.
The prop rod locks into place
when open.
This vehicle may have a tire sealant
and compressor kit in place of a
jack or spare tire. It is located in a
foam container in the rear
compartment storage area. If the

1.
2.
3.
4.

Extension
Jack
Wheel Wrench
Wing Nut

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

308

Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Take off the wheel cover or center
cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach
the wheel bolts.
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 298 for more
information.
ii

3. Remove the spare tire cover.

5. Remove the nut retaining the
spare tire.
6. Remove the spare tire and
place it next to the tire being
changed.
7. Remove the wing nut.
8. Remove the extension, jack,
and wheel wrench and place
them near the tire being
changed.

4. Remove the rubber cover.

2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen and
remove the wheel nut caps.
Do not try to remove plastic
caps from the cover or
center cap.
3. Pull the cover or center cap
away from the wheel. Store the
wheel cover in the cargo area
until you have the flat tire
repaired or replaced.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.
5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

Caution
Make sure that the jack lift head
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.

6. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the
flat tire.
The jacking location is
indicated by a V-shaped notch
in the plastic molding. The jack
must not be used in any other
position.

309

7. Insert the hooked end of the
extension handle through the
jack and the flat end through
the wheel wrench.

{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

310

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.

8. Turn the extension with the
wheel wrench clockwise to
raise the jack lift head until the
jack just fits under the vehicle.

Using a jack to raise the vehicle
without positioning it correctly
could damage your vehicle. When
raising your vehicle on a jack, be
sure to position it correctly under
the frame and avoid contact with
the plastic molding.
10. Put the compact spare tire
near you.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.

Caution

9. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wheel wrench clockwise until
the slots in the jack head fit
into the metal flange located
behind the triangle on the
plastic moulding.

Remove all of the wheel nuts.
11. Remove the flat tire.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

12. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
13. Place the compact spare tire
on the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
15. Lower the vehicle by turning
the jack handle
counterclockwise.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
(Continued)

311

Warning (Continued)
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 344 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
ii

Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 344 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

312

Vehicle Care
Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
17. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the
vehicle.
18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all six plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.

2. Put back all tools as they were
stored in the rear storage
compartment and put the
compartment cover back on.
3. Install the cargo cover. For
more information, see Cargo
Management System 0 104 .
ii

4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the
rear storage compartment.

{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
To store the flat or spare tire and
tools:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 37 for more information.
ii

5. Attach the strap to the cargo
tie-down in the rear of the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
6. Route the strap through the
wheel, as shown.
7. Attach the strap to the other
cargo tie-down in the rear of
the vehicle.
8. Tighten the strap.
9. Replace the rubber cover.
The compact spare is for temporary
use only. Replace the compact
spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can.

If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle

313

speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
Traction Control systems may
engage until the spare tire is
recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.

Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

314

Vehicle Care

Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.

Jump Starting

Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.

Jump Starting - North
America

Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.

{ Warning

For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 259 .
ii

If the vehicle battery has run down,
you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 239 .
ii

Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
To uncover the remote positive (+)
terminal, lift open the access panel
on the battery cover indicated by
the (+) sign.
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.

1. Remote Positive (+)
Terminal
2. Remote Negative (−)
Terminal

Your vehicle is equipped with a
remote positive (+) terminal (1) and
a remote negative (−) terminal (2).
The remote positive (+) terminal is
located in the engine compartment
on the driver side of the vehicle,
above the rear of the battery. The
remote negative (−) terminal is a
stud located in the engine
compartment on the driver side of
the vehicle, on the front tie bar. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 242 .
ii

315

To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the
transmission in P (Park) before
setting the parking brake.

Caution

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.

If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you do not
want. You would not be able to
start your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.

3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the
accessory power outlet. Turn
off the radio and all lamps that
are not needed. This will avoid
sparks, helping save both
batteries and the radio.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

316

Vehicle Care

4. Open the hood on the other
vehicle and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that
vehicle.
Open the hood on your vehicle
and find the remote positive (+)
and remote negative (−) jump
starting terminals.

{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.

{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

{ Warning

metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts.
Do not connect the negative (−)
cable to the negative (−)
terminal on the dead battery
because this can cause sparks.

Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.

6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could also be damaged.

7. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted

8. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
The other end of the
negative (−) cable does not go
to the dead battery. It goes to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
part or to a remote negative (−)
terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery.
9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable away from
the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move. The
electrical connection is just as
good there, and the chance of
sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
Your vehicle has a remote (−)
terminal for this purpose.
10. Now start the vehicle with the
good battery and run the
engine for a while.
11. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.

317

Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
could damage the vehicle.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

318

Vehicle Care

known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
. The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
. The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
. If the vehicle is ready to be
towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing
Front-wheel-drive and
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be
dinghy towed from the front. These
vehicles can also be towed by
placing them on a platform trailer
with all four wheels off of the
ground. For other towing options,
see the information on dolly towing
that follows.

Caution
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
For vehicles being dinghy towed,
the vehicle should be run at the
beginning of each day and at each
RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
This will ensure proper lubrication of
transmission components.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

319

Once the destination has been
reached:

To tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground:

1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

1. Position the vehicle that will be
towed and secure it to the
towing vehicle.

2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by
inserting the front edge and
pressing the rear of the trim
plate until it snaps into place.
3. Start the engine and let it idle
for more than three minutes
before driving the vehicle.
3. Use a small screwdriver or tool
to press and hold the manual
release button on the front
right.
4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).

2. Remove the shift lever boot by
pulling up on the rear of the
trim plate.

Caution
If the vehicle is towed without
performing each of the steps
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
automatic transmission could be
damaged. Be sure to follow all
steps of the dinghy towing
procedure prior to and after
towing the vehicle.

Caution
Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Be
sure that the transmission fluid is
at the proper level before towing
with all four wheels on the
ground.

Caution
Do not tow a vehicle with the front
drive wheels on the ground if one
of the front tires is a compact
spare tire. Towing with two
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

320

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

different tire sizes on the front of
the vehicle can cause severe
damage to the transmission.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
6. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles)
All-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front. See “Dinghy Towing”
earlier in this section.

4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

To tow the vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to
P (Park). See Shifting Into Park
0 191 .
ii

3. Set the parking brake.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.

Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)

321

Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
The e symbol is on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

322

Vehicle Care

If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
.

Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.

.

Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.

.

Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.

.

Ice scrapers or other hard items.

.

Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
.

Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.

Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.

323

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

324

Vehicle Care

may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 340 .
ii

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect other brake parts,
including drums, wheel cylinders,
calipers, parking brake, master
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum
pump including bracket, and vent
hose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.

fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.

dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.

Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.

Sheet Metal Damage

Interior Care

Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinges, unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated

If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular

325

To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

326

Vehicle Care

Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
. Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
. Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays

3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.

Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

327

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.

Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

328

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.

Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-certified floor
mats may not fit properly and
may interfere with the pedals.
Always check that the floor mats
do not interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Vehicle Care
.

Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.

.

Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.

.

Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
The driver side floor mat is held in
place by two button-type retainers.
The passenger side floor mat is held
in place by one button-type retainer.

1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snapping
into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.

329

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

330

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 330

Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 332

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342

General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Service and Maintenance
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more

frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 182 .
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel 0 226 .

.

331

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

ii

ii

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
.

Used for high speed or
competitive driving.

Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 240 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

332

Service and Maintenance

Cadillac Premium
Care Maintenance
Your vehicle comes with the
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance. It is a maintenance
program that covers select
maintenance services during the
first 4 years or 80 000 km
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first.
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance covers routine
maintenance services, when
scheduled in accordance with the
owner manual, including:
. Oil changes based on the
vehicle's oil life monitor system.
. Tire rotation every 12 000 km
(7,500 mi).

.

Engine air cleaner filter
replacement.

.

Passenger compartment air filter
replacement.

.

Multi‐point vehicle inspection
(MPVI) performed by a qualified
technician.

Cadillac requires that all Cadillac
Premium Care Maintenance
services be performed by a Cadillac
authorized service dealer.

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 243 .
ii

Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 285 .
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 291 .
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 256 .
ii

ii

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Service and Maintenance
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 246 .
ii

.

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi

333

Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 321 . Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement
0 261 .
ii

Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 292 .
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 243 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 246 .
. Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant 0 249 .
. Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 256 .
ii

ii

ii

ii

.

ii

.

Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 291 .
ii

.

Visually check for fluid leaks.

.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 247 .

ii

ii

Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 285 .

ii

.

Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

334
.

Service and Maintenance

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care 0 321 .

.

.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 260 .

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

.

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 260 .

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

.

Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 300 .

.

Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 49 .

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

.

ii

ii

.

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 68 .

.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

.

ii

.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

ii

.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 260 .
ii

ii

ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal

335

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

@

@

@

@

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

@

@

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@

@

@

@
@
@

@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)

@

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)

@

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if

there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 249 .
ii

(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 258 .
ii

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

336

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

@

@

@

@

@

@

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

@

@

@

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@

@

@

Change automatic transmission fluid.

@

@

@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4)

@

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5)

@

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Service and Maintenance

337

(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 249 .

Special Application
Services

Additional
Maintenance and Care

(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.

.

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.

(6) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 258 .

.

Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 321 .

Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.

ii

ii

ii

It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

338

Service and Maintenance

Battery

Brakes

Hoses

The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
. To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
. Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.

Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 340 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.

Fluids

ii

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Service and Maintenance
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.

.

Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.

Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 325 and
Exterior Care 0 321 .
ii

ii

Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.

Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.

339

Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

340

Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 243 .

Engine Coolant

50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 249 .

ii

ii

Fuel Additive
Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer

Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Part No. 88861013).
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Hydraulic Power Steering System

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive)

Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).

Chassis Lubrication

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, and Door
Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Service and Maintenance
Usage

341

Fluid/Lubricant

Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint,
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl
Weatherstrip Conditioning

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

20897358

A3147C

Engine Oil Filter

19330000

PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element

13356914

CF184

Spark Plugs

12622561

41–109

Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in)

22870539

—

Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in)

22870540

—

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in)

20825882

—

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

342

Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Maintenance Stamp

Services Performed

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 344 for the vehicle's engine code.
ii

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 345

343

Service Parts
Identification Label
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

This label, on the inside of the rear
side cargo management cover, has
the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
.

Paint information.

.

Production options and special
equipment.

Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

344

Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities

Application

Metric

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant type, and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label located
under the hood. See your dealer for more
information.

Engine Cooling System
3.6L V6 Engine

12.8 L

13.5 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

5.7 L

6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

79.5 L

21.0 gal

Transfer Case Fluid

0.65 L

0.69 qt

190 Y

140 lb ft

Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications
Engine
3.6L V6 (LFX)

VIN Code

Transmission

Spark Plug Gap

3

Automatic

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

345

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

346

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 349
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 349
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 353
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . .
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . .

357
358
358
359

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service or
parts manager, contact the owner of
your dealership or the general
manager.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800–458–8006. In
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac
Customer Care Centre at
1-888-446-2000.
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with the new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you

347

may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

348

Customer Information

STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
mediation/arbitration program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
approximately 70 days. We believe
our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the Cadillac Customer Care Centre,
1-888-446-2000, or write to:
General Motors Cadillac Customer
Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance
Offices
Cadillac encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,
the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
P.O. Box 33169
Detroit, MI 48232-5169
www.Cadillac.com
1-800-458-8006
1-800-833-2622 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Cadillac Customer Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-888-446-2000 (English/French)
Cadillac Roadside Service:
1-800-882-1112

Overseas
Contact the local General Motors
Business Unit.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance
Center. Any TTY user can
communicate with Cadillac by
dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.cadillac.com
The Cadillac online owner
experience allows interaction with
Cadillac and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.
Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information) :
Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information) :
View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule
service appointments.
I (Service History) : View
printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.

D (Preferred Dealer
Information) : Select a dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.

r (Warranty Tracking
Information) : Track your vehicle’s
warranty information.
J (Recall Information) : View
active recalls or search by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 343 .
ii

H (Other Account Information) :

349

See my.cadillac.com to register your
vehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre
(Canada) cadillacowner.ca
Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
. Retrieve favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
.

Find Cadillac-recommended
maintenance services.

Roadside Service

View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
radio (if equipped), and OnStar
account information.

U.S./Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with

Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

online help representatives.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.
Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

350

Customer Information

Calling for Service
When calling Roadside Service,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.

.

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.

.

Roadside Service is not a part of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Cadillac reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Service program at any
time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Cadillac reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
.

Coverage

In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.

Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Cadillac dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.

.

Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with a spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is your
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Service: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
failure, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed during the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are hotel,
meals, and rental car or a
vehicle being delivered back to
the customer, up to 805 km
(500 mi).

Cadillac Owner Privileges™

Description of the problem.

Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.

.

.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information
Cadillac Technician Roadside
Service (U.S. Only)
Cadillac's exceptional Roadside
Service is more than an auto club or
towing service. It provides every
Cadillac owner in the United States
with the advantage of contacting a
Cadillac advisor and, where
available, a Cadillac trained dealer
technician who can provide on-site
service.
A dealer technician will travel to
your location within a 30-mile radius
of a participating Cadillac
dealership. If beyond this radius, we
will arrange to have your car towed
to the nearest Cadillac dealership.
Each technician travels with a
specially equipped service vehicle
complete with the necessary
Cadillac parts and tools required to
handle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included in
Roadside Service
.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.

.

Legal fines.

.

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.

Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
delivery may be restricted.
Propane and other fuels are not
provided through this service.

.

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Service: Pre-authorization,
original detailed receipts, and a
copy of the repair orders are
required. Once authorization has
been received, the Roadside
Service advisor will help you
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.

.

351

Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside Service
advisor may give you permission
to get local emergency road
service. You will receive
payment, up to $100, after
sending the original receipt to
Roadside Service. Mechanical
failures may be covered,
however any cost for parts and
labor for repairs not covered by
the warranty are the owner
responsibility.

Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

352

Customer Information

unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.

Transportation Options

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:

For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.

Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.

It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.

353

Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

354

Customer Information

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

.

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

.

Insurance company and policy
number.

.

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Service 0 349 .
ii

Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
. Driver license number.
.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number.

.

Vehicle license plate number.

.

Vehicle make, model, and
model year.

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 73 .
ii

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information

355

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.

Service Publications
Ordering Information

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.

(U.S. and Canada Only)

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Service Bulletins

Current and Past Models

If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.

Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.

Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

356

Customer Information

Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.

Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
ICES‐001.

1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.

Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada Limited.
Call Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:

357

Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors

The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:
Cadillac Customer Assistance
Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
P.O. Box 33169
Detroit, MI 48232-5169
In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,
or write:
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005
General Motors of Canada Limited
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

358

Customer Information

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Customer Information
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 364 .
ii

Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.

359

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

360

OnStar

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview

The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.

OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

361
361
361
362
364

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Conditions and Privacy Statement
for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &

.

Flashing Green: On a call.

.

Red: Indicates a problem.

.

Off: System is off. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press

= to:

.

Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.

.

Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.

.

Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

OnStar
.

Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name
or SSID and password,
if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
.

Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.

.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

.

Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.

Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available
24/7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

.

Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar subscription plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.

361

Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.

Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar subscription plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

362

OnStar

2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”

Destination Download

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”

Subscribers can have directions
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped.

Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Connections
The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press =, wait for
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
settings.” On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

OnStar
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
®

OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Android™, BlackBerry®,
or Windows® mobile devices.
OnStar Subscribers can access the
following services from a mobile
device:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
.

Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.

.

Send directions to the vehicle.

.

Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).

.

Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink information
and compatibility, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService
OnStar Advisors can provide special
offers from restaurants and retailers
on your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.

363

Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

364

OnStar

Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.

End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

Diagnostics
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by
pressing Q. Real-time Diagnostic
Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text.
The Proactive Alerts feature (if
available) can help predict and alert
of potential upcoming maintenance
issues with select components on
the vehicle, before they become a
problem.
OnStar can also monitor and report
tire pressure, if the vehicle is
equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.

OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account.
. With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.
. After change in ownership and
at 90 days.

Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.

Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

OnStar
Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners

.

Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.

OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote
Services, Roadside Assistance,
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and
Hands-Free Calling are available on
most vehicles. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of
OnStar services, system limitations,
and OnStar terms and conditions:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.

See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

.

Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

365

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 356 .
ii

Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press

Q to help:

.

Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

.

Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

.

Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

366

OnStar

OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

vehicle has not been started for
five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the

.

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 237 . Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
ii

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it.
If you have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties

367

may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see
http://www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and
https://www.onstar.com/us/en/
support/getdocuments.html
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

368

OnStar

above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.

unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license.
The definitive version of this
document should be available at
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.

369

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

370

Index

Index

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 207
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 237
Additional Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Adjustable Throttle and
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 247
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 75

Airbag System (cont'd)
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 71
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 124
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Alert
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 222
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 260
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 198
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/20/15

Index
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 215
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Battery - North America . . . .259, 314
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 261
Brake
Pedal and Adjustable
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Brake (cont'd)
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 127
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 186
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 264
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 269
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

C
Cadillac Premium Care
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 227

371

California (cont'd)
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 314
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Management System . . . . . . . . . 104
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 102
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125
Check
Malfunction Indicator
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 82

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

372

Index

Child Restraints (cont'd)
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 97
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 353
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 300
Connections
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 122
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 207
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 355

Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 353
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 358
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . . 61
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 345
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 198, 260
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 214
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 218

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Index
Driving (cont'd)
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 25
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 180
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 182
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

E
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Economy Mode
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 128
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Electrical System (cont'd)
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System Messages . . .
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .

270
276
361
247
125
242
249
122
130
249
139
243
345
193
189
190
246
140
131
254
140

373

Engine (cont'd)
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 194
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 358
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 157
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

F
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 161
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 247
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Fog Lamps
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

374

Index

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Front Automatic Braking
(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 58
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 132
Requirements, California . . . . . 227
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Fuses (cont'd)
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 271
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . . 189
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 330
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 161
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 159
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Index
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 287
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 180
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 202
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 45
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 140
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 27
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 280
Lamps
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 159
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 125
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

375

Light
Adaptive Forward Lighting
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Lighting
Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 127
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 128
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 130
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 131
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 159
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 129
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 122

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

376

Index

Lights (cont'd)
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 130
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 204
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 132
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 332
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 125
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 139
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Object Detection System . . . . . 141

Messages (cont'd)
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 144
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 45
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Index
Navigation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Net
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 186

OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 355
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

O

P

Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 246
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 81
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 349
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
OnStar® Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 362
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 260
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 193
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 215
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 75
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 239
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

N

377

Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 191
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 67
Premium Care Maintenance
Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 357
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 352
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 314

R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 356
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Rear Axle
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Rear Climate Control System . . . 171
Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 61
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

378

Index

Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 114
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 317
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 80
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Ride Control Systems
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 345
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 68
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 67

Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 351
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 58
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 54
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 54
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 95, 97
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 204

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Index
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 240
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 343
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 351
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 222
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Special Application Services . . . . 337
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Starting the Gasoline Engine . . . 189
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

379

Storage Areas (cont'd)
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 100
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 359
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 349
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 42
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 55
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

380

Index

Tires (cont'd)
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Monitor Operation . .
Pressure Monitor System . . . . .
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sealant and Compressor
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminology and Definitions . .
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

298
307
313
282
295
298
291
145
287
131
288
287
292
300
307
280
283
295
297
297
293
279

Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 229
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 229
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 317
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 236
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 204
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 204
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 236
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 295
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 154
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 343
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 146
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 129
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 307

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9087647) - 2016 - CRC - 8/18/15

Index
Vehicle Care (cont'd)
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 224
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 297
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 86
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Windshield (cont'd)
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 261
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

381



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c012 1.149602, 2012/10/10-18:10:24
Format                          : application/pdf
Subject                         : null
Modified                        : 2015:06:23 19:02:34-04:00
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 5865462
Extracted                       : 2015:09:28 13:56:32-04:00
Sha 1                           : b3c515aa0990555b5e378ab90759255d17047616
Modify Date                     : 2015:09:23 11:22:03-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2015:09:23 11:22:03-04:00
Create Date                     : 2015:08:18 10:59:29-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
Keywords                        : null
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2016/cadillac/srx, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Instance ID                     : uuid:a416e220-6082-4d0f-9e82-e272c7b286e3
Document ID                     : uuid:ec88d680-92f1-4f74-a61c-4758b22aaefd
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 382
Creator                         : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu